CATALOG FURNITURE FOR INNOVATIVE WORK LIFE SCIENCE TECH AEROSPACE TABLE OF CONTENTS

Transcription

1 2018 CATALOG FURNITURE FOR INNOVATIVE ORK LIFE SCIENCE TEC AEROSPACE TABLE OF CONTENTS

2 This page left blank 2015 TABLE OF CONTENTS

3 TABLE OF CONTENTS elcome to our SIP (Symbiote Integrated Products) catalog. Please reference for the latest information. This catalog can change frequently; please review the changes to keep your printed catalog up-to-date. Updates are noted with the latest revision (Rev.) number at the bottom of the page. The revision number informs you of an important change to the catalog page. Changes to the page may include, but are not limited to, the introduction of a new product, change in description or elimination of a product. - ate of Change: date the change was made to the catalog - Page Number: page identified where the change was made - escription: brief description of the change that was made ate of Change Page Number escription , , , ,11.10, Section Revised product warranty and contract terms Revised General LE Task Lights Replaced hi and low storage shelves with bookend shelves Revised CSA standards; added vertical utility chases Added ball valves Added bookend shelves Added slanted top cover, drain boards, sinks, faucets, eyewash stations Added more sizes for 4-Legged tables Added stainless steel tops Added new bases, LE lights, flat screen arm with post, notebook holder Added new touch up paint colors Replaced previous part with new flat screen keyboard platform Added new ErgoStats with 18" travel range, electric and positionable Revised notes Added new standard finishes Added shelf add-on lip Rev TABLE OF CONTENTS

4 This page left blank 2015 TABLE OF CONTENTS

5 TABLE OF CONTENTS Overview Frames & Connectors Tables ork Surfaces & Supports ES Grounding ardware Shelving Storage & isplay Electrical & Air Cable Management Lab Products Computer Support Material andling & Assembly TABLE OF CONTENTS

6 This page left blank 2015 TABLE OF CONTENTS

7 SECTION 1 OVERVIE OVERVIE General Information Guide to Pages and Ordering Technical Furniture Guide Colors and Finishes arranty and Contract Terms OVERVIE 1.1

8 GENERAL INFORMATION OVERVIE ABOUT SYMBIOTE Symbiote, Inc. ( Symbiote ) manufactures highly specialized furniture for three markets: 1) healthcare/life science; 2) information technology; and 3) aerospace/ defense. All products and components are engineered with adaptability in mind to support innovative work processes. e offer two approaches to serve our customers a wide range of standard, modular products plus a responsive, custom product development program. CUSTOM PROUCT QUOTES Please submit your custom requests in the form of a written description of your specifications, and/or a sketch of your application needs. Symbiote will acknowledge the request by fax providing you with a special product number, a quote number and details on pricing and delivery. ORERING Please order products by using the complete product number. Specify quantity, the product number, description, finish option and any other specifying information. hen ordering custom products, include the quote number and special product number provided by Symbiote. Your order may be submitted via electronic mail, conventional mail or fax on your purchase order form. A NOTE This catalog serves as a general guide for ordering. The illustrations are typical and may not be a true depiction of each product. The illustrations and descriptions are based on the latest information available at the time of publication. All dimensions listed are nominal. Symbiote reserves the right to make changes at any time without notice to finishes, materials and specifications and also to discontinue finishes and products. COPYRIGT INFORMATION Symbiote and ErgoStat are registered trademarks of Symbiote, Inc. Please call, fax or us with any questions you may have about this catalog or our products. 1.2 Rev OVERVIE

9 GUIE TO PAGES AN ORERING SPECIFY Specifying information is outlined in the grey box located toward the right center of each page. Also note the information contained in the escription and Notes sections before specifying. COLORS AN FINISES Colors and Finishes are identified in the grey specification box and include the appropriate finishes available for the product on that page. There are a variety of standard and dissipative paint finishes, laminates and fabrics to choose from. OVERVIE ESCRIPTION This area provides you with valuable information about each of the products. It is a brief description of what the product is, what it does and what it includes. The escription applies to all product variations on the page unless otherwise noted. NOTES In this section we state restrictions, exceptions and important considerations for the application, installation or ordering of the products. There may be options and features that apply to only some of the product variations on the page. PROUCT ILLUSTRATION Two types of illustrations are provided for your reference. Context drawings of the product allow you to see how the product functions in an actual workstation setting. imensional drawings provide you with 2 illustrations of the product and are used in conjunction with the chart at the bottom of the page. The dimensional drawings define which measurements Symbiote classifies as eight (), idth () and epth () on that particular product. PROUCT NUMBER hen ordering, please use the complete product number for the appropriate product variation, including finishes and any other specifying information provided in the Notes. IMENSIONS AN EIGTS Nominal dimensions and weights are provided in standard American measurements of inches and pounds. Metric measurements of millimeters and kilograms are shown in brackets. PRICES Prices are provided in U.S. dollars in the Price Index only. Symbiote offers a product specification service that provides pricing along with drawings and component lists of your stations. Consult your local Symbiote Sales Representative or Symbiote Customer Service Representative to request a quote. OVERVIE 1.3 Rev

10 TECNICAL FURNITURE GUIE OVERVIE ErgoStat mobile workbenches perform well in applications requiring ergonomic features such as simultaneous adjustability of surface and riser height, articulating trays and holders. Add modular components such as parabolic lighting, shelves and drawers to customize your ergonomic bench. UltraFrame mobile workbenches make it possible to quickly and conveniently roll workstations from one area to another. They can be linked side by side or back to back, creating double-sided workstations. Adding stations is done with a minimum of downtime. Mobile carts provide both storage and mobility for small to medium-sized components and products, tools and hardware. Shelves and rails hold Totes and Subcontainers in a wide variety of sizes. 1.4 Rev OVERVIE

11 TECNICAL FURNITURE GUIE Choose from three height adjustable table lines. Electric and pin-adjustable models support loads from 750-1,000 pounds, evenly distributed. Tables are ETL recognized, have up to a 15" travel range and are available with casters or glides. Add a surface accessory bracket, a plug strip, bin rail or cable tray above or below the work surface to maximize your workflow. OVERVIE The UltraFrame series is commonly used in a variety of Lab applications. The system can be configured side-by-side or back-to-back, creating double-sided workstations with components adjustable in 1" increments. Shelving, electrical and data distributors along with mobile or stationary base cabinets are typical examples of accessories found in these areas. OVERVIE 1.5 Rev

12 COLORS AN FINISES Online or printed samples may vary depending on your monitor and printer. To request an actual sample please contact your sales representative. OVERVIE Standard Paint Finish igh-efficiency powder paint system produces a consistent coverage and finish. This supports Symbiote s sustainable practices, producing no VOCs and hazardous emissions. Finishes are checked to guarantee quality and color validity. There is a $50.00 US upcharge for all textured paint. Grey Light Smooth issipative Grey Grey Light Texture Neutral hite Sand Texture Black Texture Black GL G GT N ST BT BK Standard Laminate orkstations, workbenches and ergonomic desks. Grey Light Grey Fleck Neutral hite hite Fleck Black Sand Sand Fleck GL GF N F BK SA SF Chemsurf Laminate Lab cabinets, casework, counters; tabletops in hospitals and product testing facilities. issipative Laminate igh-performance composite to protect sensitive electronic applications. Black CBK Grey Light CGL Neutral hite CN Grey Light G Sand S Black BK Neutral hite N Fabric Fabrics for panels and tackboards is a program in alliance with Gilford of Maine. Customer own material (COM) available. Angora Asteroid Eucalyptus Geranium Graphite aterfall Cement Subway A2035 A2053 A2047 A2084 A2079 A2691 M031 M Rev OVERVIE

13 ARRANTY & CONTRACT TERMS PROUCT ARRANTY SYMBIOTE, INC., a Michigan corporation ( Symbiote ) warrants its standard and non-standard products to be free of defects in material and workmanship from the date of initial delivery for the applicable warranty period specified below. This warranty is made by Symbiote to the original purchaser ( Purchaser ) acquiring the product for its own use, and not for resale, directly from Symbiote or its authorized dealer or distributor. This warranty is not transferable. Standard products are those items offered in any Symbiote catalog published on Symbiote s website as in effect on the date of sale. Non-standard products are products that are sold by Symbiote but are not offered in Symbiote s catalog, including custom and alternative products. Lamps and other consumables are not considered standard or non-standard products and are excluded from this warranty. OVERVIE arranty Periods The warranty periods applicable to Symbiote s products under this arranty are as follows: 1 year for ES laminate and magnification lights. 1 year for non-standard products. 2 years for standard product task lighting. 5 years for standard product electric, height adjustable tables. 12 years for all other standard products. Exclusive Remedies If during the first year of the applicable warranty period Purchaser notifies Symbiote in writing of an alleged product defect covered by this warranty, and if Symbiote confirms the product is defective, then as Purchaser s exclusive remedy Symbiote will repair or replace the defective product, at Symbiote s option and expense, including labor and materials, F.O.B. Symbiote s plant. If during the remainder of the applicable warranty period (that is, after year one) Purchaser notifies Symbiote in writing of an alleged product defect covered by this warranty, and if Symbiote confirms the product is defective, then as Purchaser s exclusive remedy Symbiote will furnish Purchaser with parts and materials (but not labor) necessary to repair the defect, F.O.B. Symbiote s plant. Symbiote will determine whether to require Purchaser to return defective product to Symbiote. If such a return is required, Purchaser will return the defective product to Symbiote s plant with all costs prepaid by Purchaser. Repaired or replaced product will be returned to Purchaser at Symbiote s expense. Symbiote may require Purchaser to establish the product was installed and used according to Symbiote s published instructions and is within the applicable warranty period by producing invoices or such other evidence as Symbiote may reasonably request. Limitations and Exclusions Symbiote has no obligation to make repairs, replacements or corrections that are required, in whole or in part, as the result of (i) failure to install and use product in accordance with Symbiote s published instructions and notes appearing on customer sign-off drawings provided to Purchaser, (ii) accident, disaster or force majeure, (iii) abuse, neglect, misuse, fault or negligence of persons other than Symbiote, including without limitation any installer engaged by Symbiote s dealer, distributor or representative (iv) exposure of product to extreme environmental conditions, (v) improper handling or storage of product, (vi) normal wear and tear, (vii) use of product in combination with equipment, components, replacement parts or software not supplied by Symbiote, (viii) alterations, repairs or installations of product that have not been performed by Symbiote or a person Symbiote has expressly authorized to perform the same on Symbiote s behalf as its employee or agent, (ix) the use of non-standard materials selected by, provided by or used at the express request of Purchaser, or (x) design defects in product. Because of natural variations over which Symbiote has no control, Symbiote does not warrant matching of color, grain or texture of materials or finishes. This warranty applies only to products manufactured by Symbiote. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this warranty, components purchased and resold without OVERVIE 1.7 Rev

14 ARRANTY & CONTRACT TERMS further processing by Symbiote are not covered by this warranty, but Symbiote will pass on to Purchaser whatever warranty Symbiote receives from the manufacturer of such goods. OVERVIE EXCEPT AS STATE ABOVE, SYMBIOTE OES NOT MAKE A ARRANTY AS TO ANY PROUCT OR GOOS AN, IN PARTICULAR, OES NOT MAKE A ARRANTY OF MERCANTABILITY OR OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Product repair or replacement, at Symbiote s option, in accordance with this warranty, is Purchaser s exclusive remedy for a product defect. Symbiote has no tort liability with respect to a product. Symbiote is not liable for any consequential, economic, indirect, special, punitive or incidental damages arising from a product defect. No dealer, distributor, reseller or sales representative of Symbiote s products is authorized to bind Symbiote to any warranty or representation except as stated above. CONTRACT TERMS All quotations, proposals, or similar communications from Symbiote are considered invitations to contract. Any order placed by a customer must be in the form of a written purchase order and shall be considered an offer. A written acknowledgment of an order by Symbiote shall be considered an acceptance which, when mailed, ed or faxed to the customer, shall then result in a binding sales contract of which these Contract Terms shall be a part. Acceptances may be made only at Symbiote s home office in Zeeland, Michigan, and all sales contracts shall be made pursuant to and controlled by the laws of the State of Michigan. Notwithstanding any inconsistent or contrary term which may appear on a customer s purchase order, Symbiote s products are sold only upon these Contract Terms. Prices Published pricing is U. S. dollars. Unless otherwise stated in Symbiote s acknowledgment, all prices are F.O.B. Symbiote s factory, Zeeland, Michigan, or F.O.B. Symbiote s supplier or fulfillment location, as applicable, and do not include freight, storage, handling, uncrating or installation charges. Upon request Symbiote will provide estimated freight charges F.O.B. destination. Prices do not include sales, use, excise or any other taxes or assessments which may be applicable to the sale. Symbiote reserves the right to make changes in pricing without notice. Ordering Information All orders must be in writing to avoid error and/or duplication. Order all products by their complete product number. Specify quantity, product number, product description, finish option and any other specifying information requested. Submit orders via electronic mail, conventional mail or fax on your purchase order form. Acknowledgments are issued within five working days of acceptance of the order with an approximate ship date of the product ordered. Taxes In addition to the purchase price, the customer is liable for all sales, use and excise taxes and/or other governmental charges imposed in respect of the sale, delivery or installation of the products being purchased by the customer (except taxes on or measured by net income of Symbiote), including those which Symbiote may be required to pay, except where the law otherwise provides. Unless otherwise specified in Symbiote s acknowledgment, the customer shall pay all such taxes directly to the appropriate taxing authorities. Payment The payment terms contained in this paragraph apply only to customers whose credit has been approved by Symbiote. For purchases of standard products, Symbiote offers a one percent (1%) discount off the purchase price (excluding charges for freight, storage, handling, uncrating, installation and taxes) for full payments made in readily available funds (and not by credit card), within ten (10) days after the invoice date. All payments are due within thirty (30) days after the invoice date. For purchases of non-standard products, payment terms are fifty percent (50%) of the total purchase price deposited with the order in readily available funds and the total remaining purchase price ( eferred Price ) payable in readily available funds within thirty (30) days after the 1.8 Rev OVERVIE

15 ARRANTY & CONTRACT TERMS invoice date ( Final Invoice ate ). owever, if the customer pays the entire eferred Price and other amounts owing with respect to the non-standard products in readily available funds (and not by credit card) within ten (10) days after the Final Invoice ate, customer will be credited with a discount equal to one percent (1%) of the eferred Price (excluding charges for freight, storage, handling, uncrating, installation and taxes). Beginning thirty (30) days after the invoice date, the customer shall pay a late payment charge of one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month on any unpaid portion of the purchase price shown on the invoice. Visa, MasterCard, American Express and iscover credit cards are accepted but are not considered readily available funds for purpose of the discounts described above. Credit card fees may apply. Symbiote reserves the right to revoke or modify these credit terms at any time. Retention of Title; Security Interest Symbiote shall retain title to the products, any replacements thereof, and any additions thereto, for purpose of securing payment of the purchase price and related charges. Title shall not pass to the customer until the purchase price and all sums due hereunder are fully paid. Symbiote is authorized to file a financing statement and other documents necessary to enable Symbiote to place third parties on notice of its title to the products. OVERVIE Shipment Freight bills for orders shipped F.O.B. Zeeland, MI, or F.O.B. Symbiote s supplier or fulfillment location will be directly sent from the carrier to Purchaser for direct payment by Purchaser. Orders shipped F.O.B destination have freight included in the invoice. Special shipping costs, if specified by Purchaser, are the responsibility of Purchaser. Any shipping date shown on the acknowledgment represents Symbiote s best estimate as of the date of acknowledgment. owever, Symbiote shall not incur any liability of any kind for failure to ship on any particular date unless a firm shipping date has been expressly agreed to by an officer of Symbiote in a separately signed written instrument. Responsibility for the product and risk of loss shall pass to Purchaser when the product is placed in the possession of a common carrier. Claims against the carrier shall be the responsibility of Purchaser. Claims against Symbiote for apparent defects, errors or shortages must be made in writing to Symbiote within thirty (30) days of receipt of the product, or such claims shall be considered waived and the product accepted as delivered. If Purchaser claims the product delivered is non-conforming, Purchaser shall afford Symbiote prompt and reasonable opportunity to inspect the product. Symbiote s liability for non-conforming product shall be limited to repair or replacement of such product or allowance of credit for such product, at Symbiote s option. If Symbiote and the customer are unable to reach settlement of any claim relating to product, the customer must institute legal action against Symbiote within one (1) year after such claim arises and thereafter all such claims shall be barred, notwithstanding any statutory period of limitations to the contrary. Selection of Goods The selection of particular models, styles, colors, fabrics and specifications of product and the suitability thereof for the customer s specific application are the sole responsibility of the customer. elays and Change Orders After the date an order from the customer is acknowledged by Symbiote, the customer may not change the order, in whole or in part, without Symbiote s written approval. All changes must be requested in writing. here a proposed change would necessitate delays in shipment, Symbiote may condition its approval upon a price change to reflect Symbiote s prevailing prices at the time of such delayed shipment. Orders for non-standard products, including without limitation products with nonstandard finishes, are not subject to change. Symbiote is not responsible for delays in shipment due to customer-requested changes to an order. Storage If the customer requests a delay in shipment after the product has become work in process, Symbiote may place the finished product in storage at the customer s risk and expense, and transfer to storage shall be considered delivery for all purposes, including invoicing and payment. OVERVIE 1.9 Rev

16 ARRANTY & CONTRACT TERMS OVERVIE Cancellation After the date an order from the customer is acknowledged by Symbiote, the customer may not cancel the order without Symbiote s written approval. All cancellations must be requested in writing. Symbiote s approval of cancellation shall be conditioned on the customer s payment of a cancellation charge of fifteen percent (15%) of the total purchase price and reimbursement of costs incurred by Symbiote prior to such approval, including engineering, testing, material costs, labor and burden and similar expenses in connection with the order cancelled. Orders for non-standard products, including without limitation products with nonstandard finishes, are not subject to cancellation. Returns The customer may not return product without Symbiote s written approval. Returns must be requested within 90 days of the original shipment. Symbiote s approval of returns shall be conditioned on the product being returned to Symbiote (i) in compliance with Symbiote s shipping instructions, (ii) within 90 days of the issuance of Symbiote s RGA (Returned Goods Authorization) number, (iii) with all return shipping charges being prepaid by customer, (iv) in a suitable condition for resale, and (v) with the customer s payment of a restocking charge of fifteen percent (15%) of the total purchase price. Symbiote will charge the customer for repairs to returned product at customary rates. Non-standard products, including without limitation, products with nonstandard finishes, are not subject to return. amage Limitation The liability of Symbiote arising out of the sale or use of the product, whether based on negligence, breach of contract, strict liability or otherwise, shall not in any event exceed the original purchase price of the product. Under no circumstances shall Symbiote be liable for any lost profits or any incidental or consequential damages of any kind with respect to its products or the transactions by which its products are sold. Excuse In no event shall Symbiote be liable for any loss or damage resulting from any delay or failure in shipment or other failure to perform with respect to the products where such delay, failure, loss or damage is the proximate result of any act of any governmental authority, revolution, riot, civil disorder or disturbance, act of enemies, delay or default in transportation, strike, dispute among or between labor unions or other labor disputes, inability to obtain materials or facilities from normal sources, fire, flood, act of God or any cause not within the reasonable control of Symbiote, whether of the class of causes enumerated or otherwise. ithout limiting the generality of the foregoing, Symbiote may, without causing a breach or incurring liability, allocate products which are in short supply for any reason among customers in any manner which Symbiote in its sole discretion considers advisable. Modification These contract terms can be modified only by a written instrument signed by Symbiote. Infringement If any product sold by Symbiote is to be manufactured according to the customer s specifications, the customer shall indemnify Symbiote against any claims or liability for patent or trademark infringement on account of such manufacture Rev OVERVIE

17 SECTION 2 FRAMES & CONNECTORS FRAMES & CONNECTORS UltraFrames with Glides & Casters UltraFrame Spines Connector Posts Panel Connectors and Rigid Corner Connectors Joiner Plates Touch-up Paint C Leg Supports A Leg Supports Panel End Covers Footrests FRAMES & CONNECTORS 2.1

18 ULTRAFRAMES IT GLIES & CASTERS FRAMES & CONNECTORS FRONT SIE FRONT ESCRIPTION Open steel frames provide structural support for hanging components. Frames permit vertical adjustment of components in 1" increments. Frames attach to all frame styles of equal or unequal height. C Leg and A Leg Supports attach to connection points on the front and back sides of UltraFrames to provide standing support. Equipped with connection points for end mounting of Pivot Arms and Power/ata Brackets as well as attachment points for ES grounding hardware. Frames are equipped with two leveling glides. SIE FRAMES IT GLIES: 80" high frames feature #10-24 threaded inserts for horizontal top mounting of Cable Ring ucts and Cable ucts Top Mount. Inserts are spaced to accommodate products with the same width as the frames. 80" high frames feature 1 /4"-20 threaded inserts for vertical inside mounting of Cable ucts Frame Mount, Cable Ring ucts and Plug Strips. 80" high frames accommodate a 48" component on each side of the inside face of the frame. Load capacity 1000 lbs. each side evenly distributed. FRAMES IT CASTERS: 80" high frames feature #10-24 threaded inserts for horizontal top mounting of Cable Ring ucts and Cable ucts Top Mount. Inserts are spaced to accommodate products with the same width as the frames. 80 high frames feature 1 /4"-20 threaded inserts for vertical inside mounting of Cable ucts Frame Mount, Cable Ring ucts, Plug Strips. 80" high frames accommodate a 48" component per side. Frames are equipped with two 4" diameter polypropylene casters with totalock brakes (simultaneously locks the swivel and wheel). Load capacity 500 lbs. each side evenly distributed. 2.2 Rev FRAMES & CONNECTORS

19 ULTRAFRAMES IT GLIES & CASTERS NOTES Panel Connectors, Corner Connectors or Connector Posts are required to attach adjacent frames. Order separately; see pages 2.5 and 2.6. Optional Panel End Covers can be ordered to finish exposed hardware. Order separately; see page C Legs and A Legs sold separately; see pages 2.8 and " and 60" wide frames can be divided with UltraFrame Spines; see page 2.4. Joiner Plates are required to support adjacent frames with casters. Order separately; see page 2.7. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies UltraFrameS IT GLIES - PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] UF [16] UF [18] UF [19] UF [21] UF [1219[ 52 [24] UF [1575] 43 [20] UF [1575] 46 [21] UF [1575] 49 [22] UF [1575] 54 [25] UF [1575] 59 [27] UF [2032] 52 [24] UF [2032] 54 [25] UF [2032] 57 [26] UF [2032] ] 62 [28] UF [2032] 67 [30] FRAMES & CONNECTORS UltraFrameS IT CASTERS - PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] UF4824C5 36 [16] UF4830C5 39 [18] UF4836C5 42 [19] UF4848C5 46 [21] UF4860C5 52 [24] UF6224C5 62 [1575] 47 [21] UF6230C5 62 [1575] 50 [23] UF6236C5 62 [1575] 53 [24] UF6248C5 62 [1575] 58 [26] UF6260C5 62 [1575] 63 [29] UF8024C5 80 [2032] 56 [25] UF8030C5 80 [2032] 58 [26] UF8036C5 80 [2032] 61 [28] UF8048C5 80 [2032] 66 [30] UF8060C5 80 [2032] 71 [32] FRAMES & CONNECTORS 2.3 Rev

20 ULTRAFRAME SPINES FRAMES & CONNECTORS FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION UltraFrame Spines divide 48" and 60" wide UltraFrames into two smaller sections. Spines permit vertical adjustment of components in 1" increments and provide attachment points for ES grounding hardware. Spines are sold as a pair and bolt to top and bottom connection points on UltraFrames. 80" high Frame Spines feature 1 /4"-20 threaded inserts for vertical inside mounting of Cable ucts Frame Mount, Cable Ring ucts and Plug Strips. The pair of spines accommodate two 48" components. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies NOTES 48" wide frames divide into two 24" sections. 60" wide frames divide into two 30" sections or a 24" and 36" section. Overhead Cableways will not mount over Frame Spines. UltraFrame Spines do not attach to ErgoStat Riser Frames. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] FS /2 [1029] 5 [127] 22 [10] FS /2 [1384] 5 [127] 29 [13] FS /2 [1842] 5 [127] 38 [17] 2.4 Rev FRAMES & CONNECTORS

21 CONNECTOR POSTS CPM CPE FRAMES & CONNECTORS FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Connector Posts provide panel support outside the boundaries of UltraFrames. Posts attach to UltraFrames and Panels of the same height without Panel Connectors. A Legs and C Legs bolt to both the front and back sides of 48", 62" and 80" high Connector Posts. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies NOTES Optional Mid End Covers can be ordered to trim the exposed hardware of Mid Connector Posts when used at the end of Panel runs. Order separately; see page Joiner Plates are required when used with UltraFrames with Casters. Order separately; see page 2.7. Connector Posts add additional length to a run of panels. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] CPE48 end 48 (1219) 2 1 /2 [64] 17 [8] CPE62 end 62 (1575) 2 1 /2 [64] 22 [10] CPE80 end 80 (2032) 2 1 /2 [64] 27 [12] CPM48 mid 48 (1219) 3 [76] 17 [8] CPM62 mid 60 (1524) 3 [76] 22 [10] CPM80 mid 80 (2032) 3 [76] 27 [12] FRAMES & CONNECTORS 2.5 Rev

22 PANEL CONNECTORS AN RIGI CORNER CONNECTORS FRAMES & CONNECTORS PC C90 PC C4 C3 C3 ESCRIPTION Panel Connectors Panel Connectors attach adjacent UltraFrames or Panels of equal height in straight lines. Order connectors to match the height of the frames. Finish is Black. eight Change Panel Connectors eight Change Panel Connectors attach adjacent UltraFrames or Panels of unequal height in straight lines. Order connectors to match the height of the shorter frames. For example, 80" high frames connecting to 62" high frames require 62" eight Change Panel Connectors. Finish is Black. SIE Side C4 C3 C90 Top TOP NOTES Variable eight End Covers are required to trim the exposed side of the taller frames or connectors when attaching frames or connectors of lesser heights. Order separately; see page Corner Connectors add additional length to a run of panels. Panel Connectors add no additional length. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] PC48 Panel Connector 1 [.5] PC62 Panel Connector 62 [1575] 1 [.5] PC80 Panel Connector 80 [2032] 2 [1] PC48 height change 1 [.5] PC62 height change 62 [1575] 1 [.5] PC80 height change 80 [2032] 2 [1] C9048 two-way 2 3 /4 [70] 2 3 /4 [70] 6 [3] C9062 two-way 62 [1575] 2 3 /4 [70] 2 3 /4 [70] 8 [4] C9080 two-way 80 [2032] 2 3 /4 [70] 2 3 /4 [70] 10 [5] C362 three-way 62 [1575] 3 1 /2 [89] 2 3 /4 [70] 11 [5] C380 three-way 80 [2032] 3 1 /2 [89] 2 3 /4 [70] 13 [6] C462 four-way 62 [1575] 3 1 /2 [89] 3 1 /2 [70] 11 [5] C480 four-way 80 [2038] 3 1 /2 [89] 3 1 /2 [70] 11 [5] 2.6 Rev FRAMES & CONNECTORS

23 JOINER PLATES JPL2 JPL3 ESCRIPTION Joiner Plates provide structural support for UltraFrames with Casters when connected with Panel Connectors, Connector Posts, Two-way Corner Connectors or Three-way Corner Connectors. Steel plates bolt to the bottom of UltraFrames and Connector Posts in place of the glides. Finish is Black. JPL2 and & JPL3 JPL90 EN End JPL390 TOP Top TO ORER, SPECIFY: FRAMES & CONNECTORS PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] JPL2BK frame/frame 3 /4 [19] 5 [127] 1 /4 [.1] JPL390BK three-way corner 3 /4 [19] 8 [203] 1 /2 [.2] JPL3BK frame/post/frame 3 /4 [19] 5 1 /4 [133] 5 1 /4 [133] 1 /2 [.2] JPL90BK two-way corner 3 /4 [19] 8 1 /2 [216] 5 1 /4 [133] 1 /2 [.2] ESCRIPTION 6 fluid ounce aerosol spray cans allow for color matched touch up of marred painted surfaces. Cans cannot be shipped via air transport. TOUC UP PAINT TO ORER, SPECIFY: PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight Number escription lb. [kg] TPAS Argent Silver 1 [.5] TPA Arctic hite 1 [.5] TP 1 [.5] TPBT Black Texture 1 [.5] TPGL Grey Light Smooth 1 [.5] TPGT Grey Light Texture 1 [.5] TPN Neutral hite 1 [.5] TPST Sand Texture 1 [.5] FRAMES & CONNECTORS 2.7 Rev

24 C LEG SUPPORTS FRAMES & CONNECTORS SIE FRONT CLM24 CLM24C5 ESCRIPTION C Legs provide standing support for UltraFrames. Legs bolt to connection points on both the front and back sides of UltraFrames and Connector Posts. Legs are each equipped with a leveling glide or a 4" diameter polypropylene caster with totalock brake (simultaneously locks swivel and wheel). C Legs with Casters bolt to UltraFrames with Casters. C Legs with Glides bolt to UltraFrames with Glides and Connector Posts. Surface B Support Brackets fasten to either side of C Legs for surface mounting. SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies FRONT NOTES o not use 24" deep C Legs with 36" deep surfaces. Surface B Support Brackets sold separately; see page PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] CLM24 glide 25 1 /2 [635] 23 [572] 1 /2 [38] 13 [6] CLM30 glide 25 1 /2 [635] 29 [724] 1 /2 [38] 16 [7] CLM24C5 caster 25 1 /2 [635] 23 [572] 1 /2 [38] 15 [7] CLM30C5 caster 25 1 /2 [635] 29 [724] 1 /2 [38] 18 [8] CLT24 glide 30 1 /2 [762] 23 [572] 1 /2 [38] 14 [6] CLT30 glide 30 1 /2 [762] 29 [724] 1 /2 [38] 17 [8] CLT24C5 caster 30 1 /2 [762] 23 [572] 1 /2 [38] 16 [7] CLT30C5 caster 30 1 /2 [762] 29 [724] 1 /2 [38] 19 [9] 2.8 Rev FRAMES & CONNECTORS

25 A LEG SUPPORTS ALC5 ALG FRONT FRONT SIE SIE FRAMES & CONNECTORS ESCRIPTION A Legs provide light loading and stabilizing support for the back sides of workstations. Legs bolt to connection points on both the front and back sides of UltraFrames and Connector Posts. Legs are each equipped with a leveling glide or a 4" diameter polypropylene caster with totalock brake (simultaneously locks swivel and wheel). A Legs with Casters bolt to UltraFrames with Casters. A Legs with Glides bolt to UltraFrames with Glides and Connector Posts. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies NOTES A Legs are used for supporting components 15" deep or less when mounted on the back sides of stations. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] ALG glide 23 [584] 1 /2 [38] 8 [203] 6 [3] ALC5 caster 23 [584] 1 /2 [38] 8 [203] 8 [4] FRAMES & CONNECTORS 2.9 Rev

26 PANEL EN COVERS FRAMES & CONNECTORS VEC VEC EC EC MEC Front FRONT Top TOP ESCRIPTION Panel End Covers Metal covers finish exposed hardware on the ends of UltraFrames, Fabric and Laminate Panels. Mid End Covers Metal covers finish exposed hardware on the ends of Mid Connector Posts. Variable eight End Covers Plastic covers finish exposed hardware when connecting Ultra Frames or Panels of unequal heights. Covers can be field cut to the appropriate lengths. Specify finish: (BU) Black Umber; (GL) Grey Light or (N) Neutral hite. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies NOTES ErgoStat Riser Frames require Riser Frame End Covers to finish exposing hardware; see page 3.5. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] EC48 panel end cover 1 /2 [13] 3 [1] EC62 panel end cover 62 [1575] 1 /2 [13] 4 [2] EC80 panel end cover 80 [2032] 1 /2 [13] 5 [2] MEC48 mid end cover 1 /2 [13] 4 [2] MEC62 mid end cover 62 [1575] 1 /2 [13] 5 [2] MEC80 mid end cover 80 [2032] 1 /2 [13] 6 [3] VEC variable cover 32 [810] 1 /2 [13] 3 [1] 2.10 Rev FRAMES & CONNECTORS

27 FOOTRESTS FR100 FR300 FR100 FR300 FRAMES & CONNECTORS ESCRIPTION Portable Footrests support legs and feet when seated. Treadles move on the bases with light foot pressure, providing a 15 range of articulation. Foot treadles are black with chrome bases. issipative finish not available. TO ORER, SPECIFY: PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] FR100 tilting footrest 3 3 /8 [86] 19 [483] 11 3 /4 [299] 5 [2] FR300 foot machine 3 3 /4 [95] 16 [406] 11 3 /4 [299] 10 [5] FRAMES & CONNECTORS 2.11 Rev

28 This page left blank 2015 TABLE OF CONTENTS

29 SECTION 3 TABLES TABLES ErgoStat Base, Electric ErgoStat Base, Positionable ErgoStat Riser Frame ErgoStat Riser Spine and Riser Frame End Cover orktable Base, Electric orktable Base, Positionable Table Base, Electric Table Base, Positionable ErgoStat Footrest Lower Shelf: Table Base, orktable, ErgoStat Electric Base and Control 4-Legged Table Lower Shelf, 4-Legged Table TABLES 3.1

30 ERGOSTAT BASE - 15" TRAVEL RANGE - ELECTRIC TABLES 41 1 / / 2 ESERC ESERG ESCRIPTION Use with a 30" or 36" deep Ultra Surface to construct a height adjustable bench. Optional attachable Riser Frame bolts to bases to provide upright support for hanging components. The electrically driven self-guided aluminum assemblies have a 15" travel range from 26 1 /2" to 41 1 /2" to the underside of the surfaces, rising at 1 /4" per second. Bases require 120 Volt, 60 z. power. A hand control switch and a 9 1 /2' power cord are supplied. Amp draw: 4 Amps. Available with leveling glides or 4" polypropylene casters with totalock brakes (simultaneously locks the swivel and wheel). issipative bases each include two Ground Chains. Gross dynamic load capacity 750 lbs. evenly distributed. Shipped fully assembled. and control switch is field installed to surfaces. ETL recognized; conforms to UL Std. 962 and certified to CSA Std. PROUCT IMENSIONS TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: AS Argent Silver A Arctic hite BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies NOTES ErgoStat Riser Frames sold separately; see page 3.6. Ultra Surfaces sold separately; see Section 4. Bases will not accommodate 24" deep surfaces. International electrical configuration available; consult factory for ordering information. Optional footrest, lower shelf and control box switches available; see pages TABLES Rev Product idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] ESERG36A glides 32 1 /8 [816] 83 [38] ESERG48A glides 42 [1067] 32 1 /8 [816] 86 [39] ESERG60A glides 54 [1372] 32 1 /8 [816] 90 [41] ESERG72A glides 66 [1676] 32 1 /8 [816] 94 [43] ESERG96A glides 90 [2286] 32 1 /8 [816] 101 [46] ESERC36A casters 34 1 /8 [867] 126 [57] ESERC48A casters 42 [1067] 34 1 /8 [867] 130 [59] ESERC60A casters 54 [1372] 34 1 /8 [867] 133 [60] ESERC72A casters 66 [1676] 34 1 /8 [867] 137 [62] ESERC96A casters 90 [2286] 34 3 /4 [867] 144 [65]

31 ERGOSTAT BASE - 18" TRAVEL RANGE - ELECTRIC TABLES 48 ¼" 30 ¼" ESETC ESETG ESCRIPTION Use with a 30" or 36" deep Ultra Surface to construct a height adjustable bench. Optional attachable Riser Frame bolts to bases to provide upright support for hanging components. The electrically driven self-guided aluminum assemblies have a 18" travel range from 30 1 /4" to 48 1 /4" to the underside of the surfaces, rising at 1 /4" per second. Bases require 120 Volt, 60 z. power. A hand control switch and a 9 1 /2' power cord are supplied. Amp draw: 4 Amps. Available with leveling glides or 4" polypropylene casters with totalock brakes (simultaneously locks the swivel and wheel). Gross dynamic load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. Shipped fully assembled. and control switch is field installed to surfaces. Uses ETL recognized components. PROUCT IMENSIONS TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: AS Argent Silver A Arctic hite BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies NOTES ErgoStat Riser Frames sold separately; see page 3.6. Ultra Surfaces sold separately; see Section 4. Bases will not accommodate 24" deep surfaces. International electrical configuration available; consult factory for ordering information. Optional footrest, lower shelf and control box switches available; see pages Product idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] ESETG36A glides 32 1 /8 [816] 90 [41] ESETG48A glides 42 [1067] 32 1 /8 [816] 93 [42] ESETG60A glides 54 [1372] 32 1 /8 [816] 97 [44] ESETG72A glides 66 [1676] 32 1 /8 [816] 101 [46] ESETG96A glides 90 [2286] 32 1 /8 [816] 108 [49] ESETC36A casters 34 1 /8 [867] 133 [60] ESETC48A casters 42 [1067] 34 1 /8 [867] 137 [62] ESETC60A casters 54 [1372] 34 1 /8 [867] 140 [64] ESETC72A casters 66 [1676] 34 1 /8 [867] 144 [65] ESETC96A casters 90 [2286] 34 3 /4 [867] 151 [69] TABLES 3.3 Rev

32 ERGOSTAT BASE - 15" TRAVEL RANGE - POSITIONABLE TABLES 41 1 / / 2 ESPRG ESPRC ESCRIPTION Use with a 30" or 36" deep Ultra Surface to construct a height adjustable bench. Optional attachable Riser Frame bolts to bases to provide upright support for hanging components. The self-guided aluminum assemblies have a 15" travel range from 26 1 /2" to 41 1 /2" to the underside of the surfaces. Bases adjust in 1" increments with threaded fasteners. Available with leveling glides or 4" polypropylene casters with totalock brakes (simultaneously locks the swivel and wheel). issipative bases each include two Ground Chains. Load capacity 750 lbs. evenly distributed. Shipped fully assembled. ETL recognized; conforms to UL Std. 962 and certified to CSA Std. C22.2 No. 68. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: AS Argent Silver A Arctic hite BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies NOTES ErgoStat Riser Frames sold separately; see page 3.6. Ultra Surfaces sold separately; see Section 4.0. Bases will not accommodate 24" deep surfaces. Optional footrest and lower shelf available; see pages PROUCT IMENSIONS Product idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] ESPRG36 glides 32 1 /8 [816] 68 [31] ESPRG48 glides 42 [1067] 32 1 /8 [816] 71 [32] ESPRG60 glides 54 [1372] 32 1 /8 [816] 75 [34] ESPRG72 glides 66 [1676] 32 1 /8 [816] 78 [35] ESPRG96 glides 90 [2286] 32 1 /8 [816] 85 [39] ESPRC36 casters 34 1 /8 [867] 111 [50] ESPRC48 casters 42 [1067] 34 1 /8 [867] 115 [52] ESPRC60 casters 54 [1372] 34 1 /8 [867] 119 [54] ESPRC72 casters 66 [1676] 34 1 /8 [867] 122 [55] ESPRC96 casters 90 [2286] 34 1 /8 [867] 129 [59] 3.4 TABLES Rev

33 ERGOSTAT BASE - 18" TRAVEL RANGE - POSITIONABLE TABLES 48 ¼" 30 ¼" ESPTG ESPTC ESCRIPTION Use with a 30" or 36" deep Ultra Surface to construct a height adjustable bench. Optional attachable Riser Frame bolts to bases to provide upright support for hanging components. The self-guided aluminum assemblies have a 18" travel range from from 30 1 /4" to 48 1 /4" to the underside of the surfaces. Bases adjust in 1" increments with pin-adjustable fasteners. Available with leveling glides or 4" polypropylene casters with totalock brakes (simultaneously locks the swivel and wheel). Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. Shipped fully assembled. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: AS Argent Silver A Arctic hite BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies NOTES ErgoStat Riser Frames sold separately; see page 3.6. Ultra Surfaces sold separately; see Section 4.0. Bases will not accommodate 24" deep surfaces. Optional footrest and lower shelf available; see pages PROUCT IMENSIONS Product idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] ESPTG36 glides 32 1 /8 [816] 75 [34] ESPTG48 glides 42 [1067] 32 1 /8 [816] 77 [35] ESPTG60 glides 54 [1372] 32 1 /8 [816] 82 [37] ESPTG72 glides 66 [1676] 32 1 /8 [816] 85 [39] ESPTG96 glides 90 [2286] 32 1 /8 [816] 92 [42] ESPTC36 casters 34 1 /8 [867] 118 [54] ESPTC48 casters 42 [1067] 34 1 /8 [867] 122 [55] ESPTC60 casters 54 [1372] 34 1 /8 [867] 126 [57] ESPTC72 casters 66 [1676] 34 1 /8 [867] 129 [59] ESPTC96 casters 90 [2286] 34 1 /8 [867] 136 [62] TABLES 3.5 Rev

34 ERGOSTAT RISER FRAME TABLES FRONT SIE RF ESCRIPTION Open style frame provides upright support for hanging components. Frame bolts to ErgoStat Base, adjusting in height with the base. Frame permits vertical adjustment of components in 1" increments and provides one attachment point for ES grounding hardware per unit. Equipped with attachment points for Riser Spines; 36" wide Riser Frame excluded. Frame features 1 /4"-20 threaded inserts for vertical inside mounting of Cable ucts Frame Mount, Cable Ring ucts and Plug Strips. Riser Frames accommodate a 36" component per side. Load capacity 250 lbs. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: AS Argent Silver A Arctic hite BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies NOTES Riser Spines sold separately; see page 3.7. Riser Frames extend 38 1 /2" above surfaces. Optional Riser Frame End Covers can be ordered to finish exposed hardware. Sold separately; see page 3.7. o not hang components from the unsupported side of a frame or panel. 3.6 TABLES Rev PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] RF [1092] 41 [19] RF [1092] 50 [23] RF [1092] 59 [27] RF [1092] 72 [1829] 68 [31] RF [1092] 96 [2438] 86 [39]

35 ERGOSTAT RISER FRAME SPINE AN EN COVER RS TABLES RFC RFC RS ESCRIPTION Riser Spines Riser Spines divide ErgoStat Riser Frames into smaller sections and provide upright support for hanging components. Spines permit vertical adjustment of components in 1" increments and bolt to attachment points on Riser Frames. Riser Spines provide hanger frames on the front only; spines cannot be used for mounting Center Shelves or saddle-mounted arms. Finish is Black. Riser Frame End Covers Metal covers finish exposed hardware on the ends of Riser Frames. Sold individually. Finish must be specified. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: AS Argent Silver A Arctic hite BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies NOTES Riser Frame sold separately; see page 3.6. Riser Spines allowed: up to up to up to 3 PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight epth idth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] RS43BK spine 43 [1092] 5 [2] RFC43 end cover 43 [1092] 1 /2 [13] 1 [.5] TABLES 3.7 Rev

36 ORKTABLE BASE - 15" TRAVEL RANGE - ELECTRIC TABLES 41 1 / /2 TERG TERC ESCRIPTION Use exclusively with orktops to construct two-sided height adjustable tables. 48" wide bases accommodate 48", 60" and 72" wide tops. The 72" wide bases accommodate 72" and 96" wide tops. The electrically driven self-guided aluminum assemblies have a 15" travel range from 26 1 /2" to 41 1 /2" to the underside of the surfaces, rising at 1 /4" per second. Bases require 120 Volt, 60 z. power. A hand control switch and a 9 1 /2' power cord are supplied. Amp draw: 4 Amps. Available with leveling glides or 4" polypropylene casters with totalock brakes (simultaneously locks the swivel and wheel). issipative bases each include two Ground Chains. Gross dynamic load capacity 750 lbs. evenly distributed. Shipped fully assembled. and control switch is field installed to surfaces. ETL recognized; conforms to UL Std. 962 and certified to CSA Std. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: AS Argent Silver A Arctic hite BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies NOTES orktops sold separately; see pages International electrical configuration available; consult factory for ordering information. Optional lower shelf and control box switches available; see pages PROUCT IMENSIONS Product idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] TERG3048A glides 42 [1067] 106 [48] TERG3072A glides 66 [1676] 113 [51] TERC3048A casters 42 [1067] 119 [54] TERC3072A casters 66 [1676] 126 [57] TERG3648A glides 42 [1067] 114 [52] TERG3672A glides 66 [1676] 121 [55] TERC3648A casters 42 [1067] 127 [58] TERC3672A casters 66 [1676] 134 [61] 3.8 TABLES Rev

37 ORKTABLE BASE - 18" TRAVEL RANGE - ELECTRIC TABLES 48 ¼" 30 ¼" TETG TETC ESCRIPTION Use exclusively with orktops to construct two-sided height adjustable tables. 48" wide bases accommodate 48", 60" and 72" wide tops. The 72" wide bases accommodate 72" and 96" wide tops. The electrically driven self-guided aluminum assemblies have a 18" travel range from 30 1 /4" to 48 1 /4" to the underside of the surfaces, rising at 1 /4" per second. Bases require 120 Volt, 60 z. power. A hand control switch and a 9 1 /2' power cord are supplied. Amp draw: 4 Amps. Available with leveling glides or 4" polypropylene casters with totalock brakes (simultaneously locks the swivel and wheel). Gross dynamic load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. Shipped fully assembled. and control switch is field installed to surfaces. Uses ETL recognized components. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: AS Argent Silver A Arctic hite BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies NOTES orktops sold separately; see pages International electrical configuration available; consult factory for ordering information. Optional lower shelf and control box switches available; see pages PROUCT IMENSIONS Product idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] TETG3048A glides 42 [1067] 113 [51] TETG3072A glides 66 [1676] 120 [54] TETC3048A casters 42 [1067] 126 [57] TETC3072A casters 66 [1676] 30 [ [60] TABLES 3.9 Rev

38 ORKTABLE BASE - 15" TRAVEL RANGE - POSITIONABLE TABLES 41 1 / /2 TPRG TPRC ESCRIPTION Use exclusively with orktops to construct two-sided height adjustable tables. 48" wide bases accommodate 48", 60" and 72" wide tops. 72" wide bases accommodate 72" and 96" wide tops. The self-guided aluminum assemblies have a 15" travel range from 26 1 /2" to 41 1 /2" to the underside of the surfaces. Bases adjust in 1" increments with threaded fasteners. Available with leveling glides or 4" polypropylene casters with totalock brakes (simultaneously locks the swivel and wheel). issipative bases each include two Ground Chains. Load capacity 750 lbs. evenly distributed. Shipped fully assembled. ETL recognized; conforms to UL Std. 962 and certified to CSA Std. C22.2 No. 68. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: AS Argent Silver A Arctic hite BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies NOTES orktops sold separately; see pages Optional lower shelf available; see page TABLES Rev PROUCT IMENSIONS Product idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] TPRG3048 glides 42 [1067] 98 [44] TPRG3072 glides 66 [1676] 126 [57] TPRC3048 casters 42 [1067] 103 [47] TPRC3072 casters 66 [1676] 111 [50] TPRG3648 glides 42 [1067] 36 [762] 106 [48] TPRG3672 glides 66 [1676] 36 [762] 134 [61] TPRC3648 casters 42 [1067] 36 [762] 111 [50] TPRC3672 casters 66 [1676] 36 [762] 119 [54]

39 ORKTABLE BASE - 18" TRAVEL RANGE - POSITIONABLE TABLES 48 ¼" 30 ¼" TPTG TPTC ESCRIPTION Use exclusively with orktops to construct two-sided height adjustable tables. 48" wide bases accommodate 48", 60" and 72" wide tops. 72" wide bases accommodate 72" and 96" wide tops. The self-guided aluminum assemblies have a 18" travel range from 30 1 /4" to 48 1 /4" to the underside of the surfaces. Bases adjust in 1" increments with threaded fasteners. Available with leveling glides or 4" polypropylene casters with totalock brakes (simultaneously locks the swivel and wheel). Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. Shipped fully assembled. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: AS Argent Silver A Arctic hite BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies NOTES orktops sold separately; see pages Optional lower shelf available; see page PROUCT IMENSIONS Product idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] TPTG3048 glides 42 [1067] 133 [60] TPTG3072 glides 66 [1676] 105 [48] TPTC3048 casters 42 [1067] 110 [50] TPTC3072 casters 66 [1676] 118 [54] TABLES 3.11 Rev

40 TABLE BASE - 15" TRAVEL RANGE - ELECTRIC TABLES 41 1 / /2 TBERC TBERG ESCRIPTION Use with an Ultra Surface to construct a height adjustable bench. The electrically driven self-guided aluminum assemblies have a 15" travel range from 26 1 /2" to 41 1 /2" to the underside of the surfaces, rising at 1 /4" per second. Bases require 120 Volt, 60 z. power. A hand control switch and a 9 1 /2' power cord are supplied. Amp raw: 4 Amps. Available with leveling glides or 3" polypropylene locking casters. Gross dynamic load capacity 750 lbs. evenly distributed. Shipped fully assembled. and control switch is field installed to surfaces. ETL recognized; conforms to UL Std. 962 and certified to CSA Std. C22.2 No. 68. NOTES Ultra Surfaces sold separately; see Section 4. The 30" and 36" deep Ultra Surfaces are limited to 18" and 24" deep accessories respectively. Accessories greater than 12" deep cannot be mounted to 24" deep. International electrical configuration available; consult factory for ordering information. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: AS Argent Silver A Arctic hite BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies 3.12 TABLES Rev PROUCT IMENSIONS Product idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] TBERG36A glides / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 35 1 /2 [902] 23 1 /2 [597] 83 [38] TBERG48A glides / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 47 1 /2 [1207] 23 1 /2 [597] 86 [39] TBERG60A glides / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 59 1 /2 [1511] 23 1 /2 [597] 91 [41] TBERG72A glides / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 71 1 /2 [1816] 23 1 /2 [597] 94 [43] TBERG96A glides / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 95 1 /2 [2387] 23 1 /2 [597] 101 [46] TBERG3636A glides / 36" deep surfaces 35 1 /2 [902] 32 1 /8 [816] 83 [38] TBERG3648A glides / 36" deep surfaces 47 1 /2 [1207] 32 1 /8 [816] 86 [39] TBERG3660A glides / 36" deep surfaces 59 1 /2 [1511] 32 1 /8 [816] 91 [41] TBERG3672A glides / 36" deep surfaces 71 1 /2 [1816] 32 1 /8 [816] 94 [43] TBERG3696A glides / 36" deep surfaces 95 1 /2 [2387] 32 1 /8 [816] 101 [46] TBERC36A casters / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 35 1 /2 [902] 23 1 /2 [597] 126 [57] TBERC48A casters / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 47 1 /2 [1207] 23 1 /2 [597] 130 [59] TBERC60A casters / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 59 1 /2 [1511] 23 1 /2 [597] 134 [61] TBERC72A casters / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 71 1 /2 [1816] 23 1 /2 [597] 137 [62] TBERC96A casters / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 95 1 /2 [2387] 23 1 /2 [597] 145 [66] TBERC3636A casters / 36" deep surfaces 35 1 /2 [902] 34 1 /8 [867] 126 [57] TBERC3648A casters / 36" deep surfaces 47 1 /2 [1207] 34 1 /8 [867] 130 [59] TBERC3660A casters / 36" deep surfaces 59 1 /2 [1511] 34 1 /8 [867] 134 [60] TBERC3672A casters / 36" deep surfaces 71 1 /2 [1816] 34 1 /8 [867] 137 [62] TBERC3696A casters / 36" deep surfaces 95 1 /2 [2387] 34 1 /8 [867] 145 [66]

41 TABLE BASE - 18" TRAVEL RANGE - ELECTRIC TABLES 48 ¼" 30 ¼" TBETC TBETG ESCRIPTION Use with an Ultra Surface to construct a height adjustable bench. The electrically driven self-guided aluminum assemblies have a 18" travel range from 30 1 /4" to 48 1 /4" to the underside of the surfaces, rising at 1 /4" per second. Bases require 120 Volt, 60 z. power. A hand control switch and a 9 1 /2' power cord are supplied. Amp raw: 4 Amps. Available with leveling glides or 3" polypropylene locking casters. Gross dynamic load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. Shipped fully assembled. and control switch is field installed to surfaces. Uses ETL recognized components. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: AS Argent Silver A Arctic hite BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies NOTES Ultra Surfaces sold separately; see Section 4. The 30" and 36" deep Ultra Surfaces are limited to 18" and 24" deep accessories respectively. Accessories greater than 12" deep cannot be mounted to 24" deep. International electrical configuration available; consult factory for ordering information. Optional lower shelf and control box switches available; see pages PROUCT IMENSIONS Product idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] TBETG36A glides / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 35 1 /2 [902] 23 1 /2 [597] 90 [41] TBETG48A glides / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 47 1 /2 [1207] 23 1 /2 [597] 93 [42] TBETG60A glides / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 59 1 /2 [1511] 23 1 /2 [597] 98 [44] TBETG72A glides / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 71 1 /2 [1816] 23 1 /2 [597] 101 [46] TBETG96A glides / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 95 1 /2 [2387] 23 1 /2 [597] 108 [49] TBETG3636A glides / 36" deep surfaces 35 1 /2 [902] 32 1 /8 [816] 90 [38] TBETG3648A glides / 36" deep surfaces 47 1 /2 [1207] 32 1 /8 [816] 86 [41] TBETG3660A glides / 36" deep surfaces 59 1 /2 [1511] 32 1 /8 [816] 98 [44] TBETG3672A glides / 36" deep surfaces 71 1 /2 [1816] 32 1 /8 [816] 101 [46] TBETG3696A glides / 36" deep surfaces 95 1 /2 [2387] 32 1 /8 [816] 108 [49] TBETC36A casters / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 35 1 /2 [902] 23 1 /2 [597] 133 [60] TBETC48A casters / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 47 1 /2 [1207] 23 1 /2 [597] 137 [62] TBETC60A casters / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 59 1 /2 [1511] 23 1 /2 [597] 141 [64] TBETC72A casters / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 71 1 /2 [1816] 23 1 /2 [597] 144 [65] TBETC96A casters / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 95 1 /2 [2387] 23 1 /2 [597] 152 [69] TBETC3636A casters / 36" deep surfaces 35 1 /2 [902] 34 1 /8 [867] 133 [60] TBETC3648A casters / 36" deep surfaces 47 1 /2 [1207] 34 1 /8 [867] 137 [62] TBETC3660A casters / 36" deep surfaces 59 1 /2 [1511] 34 1 /8 [867] 141 [64] TBETC3672A casters / 36" deep surfaces 71 1 /2 [1816] 34 1 /8 [867] 144 [65] TBETC3696A casters / 36" deep surfaces 95 1 /2 [2387] 34 1 /8 [867] 152 [69] TABLES 3.13 Rev

42 TABLE BASE - 15" TRAVEL RANGE - POSITIONABLE TABLES 41 1 / /2 TBPRC TBPRG ESCRIPTION Use with an Ultra Surface to construct a height adjustable bench. The self-guided aluminum assemblies have a 15" travel range from 26 1 /2" to 41 1 /2" to the underside of the surfaces. Bases adjust in 1" increments with threaded fasteners. Available with leveling glides or 3" polypropylene locking casters. issipative bases each include two Ground Chains. Load capacity 750 lbs. evenly distributed. Shipped fully assembled. ETL recognized; conforms to UL Std. 962 and certified to CSA Std. C22.2 No. 68. NOTES Ultra Surfaces sold separately; see Section 4. 30" and 36" deep Ultra Surfaces are limited to 18" and 24" deep accessories respectively. Accessories greater than 12" deep cannot be mounted to 24" deep Ultra Surfaces. Optional lower shelf available; see page TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: AS Argent Silver A Arctic hite BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies PROUCT IMENSIONS Product idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] TBPRG36 glides / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 35 1 /2 [902] 23 1 /2 [597] 68 [31] TBPRG48 glides / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 47 1 /2 [1207] 23 1 /2 [597] 72 [33] TBPRG60 glides / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 59 1 /2 [1511] 23 1 /2 [597] 75 [34] TBPRG72 glides / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 71 1 /2 [1816] 23 1 /2 [597] 78 [36] TBPRG96 glides / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 95 1 /2 [2387] 23 1 /2 [597] 85 [39] TBPRG3636 glides / 36" deep surfaces 35 1 /2 [902] 32 1 /8 [816] 68 [31] TBPRG3648 glides / 36" deep surfaces 47 1 /2 [1207] 32 1 /8 [816] 72 [33] TBPRG3660 glides / 36" deep surfaces 59 1 /2 [1511] 32 1 /8 [816] 75 [34] TBPRG3672 glides / 36" deep surfaces 71 1 /2 [1816] 32 1 /8 [816] 78 [36] TBPRG3696 glides / 36" deep surfaces 95 1 /2 [2387] 32 1 /8 [816] 85 [39] TBPRC36 casters / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 35 1 /2 [902] 23 1 /2 [597] 111 [50] TBPRC48 casters / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 47 1 /2 [1207] 23 1 /2 [597] 115 [52] TBPRC60 casters / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 59 1 /2 [1511] 23 1 /2 [597] 119 [54] TBPRC72 casters / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 71 1 /2 [1816] 23 1 /2 [597] 122 [56] TBPRC96 casters / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 95 1 /2 [2387] 23 1 /2 [597] 129 [59] TBPRC3636 casters / 36" deep surfaces 35 1 /2 [902] 34 1 /8 [867] 111 [51] TBPRC3648 casters / 36" deep surfaces 47 1 /2 [1207] 34 1 /8 [867] 115 [52] TBPRC3660 casters / 36" deep surfaces 59 1 /2 [1511] 34 1 /8 [867] 119 [54] TBPRC3672 casters / 36" deep surfaces 71 1 /2 [1816] 34 1 /8 [867] 122 [56] TBPRC3696 casters / 36" deep surfaces 95 1 /2 [2387] 34 1 /8 [867] 129 [59] 3.14 TABLES Rev

43 TABLE BASE - 18" TRAVEL RANGE - POSITIONABLE TABLES 48 ¼" 30 ¼" TBPTC TBPTG ESCRIPTION Use with an Ultra Surface to construct a height adjustable bench. The self-guided aluminum assemblies have a 18" travel range from 30 1 /4" to 48 1 /4" to the underside of the surfaces. Bases adjust in 1" increments with threaded fasteners. Available with leveling glides or 3" polypropylene locking casters. Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. Shipped fully assembled. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: AS Argent Silver A Arctic hite BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* NOTES * Paint upcharge applies Ultra Surfaces sold separately; see Section 4. 30" and 36" deep Ultra Surfaces are limited to 18" and 24" deep accessories respectively. Accessories greater than 12" deep cannot be mounted to 24" deep Ultra Surfaces. Optional lower shelf available; see page PROUCT IMENSIONS Product idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] TBPTG36 glides / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 35 1 /2 [902] 23 1 /2 [597] 75 [34] TBPTG48 glides / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 47 1 /2 [1207] 23 1 /2 [597] 79 [36] TBPTG60 glides / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 59 1 /2 [1511] 23 1 /2 [597] 82 [37] TBPTG72 glides / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 71 1 /2 [1816] 23 1 /2 [597] 85 [39] TBPTG96 glides / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 95 1 /2 [2387] 23 1 /2 [597] 92 [42] TBPTG3636 glides / 36" deep surfaces 35 1 /2 [902] 32 1 /8 [816] 75 [34] TBPTG3648 glides / 36" deep surfaces 47 1 /2 [1207] 32 1 /8 [816] 79 [36] TBPTG3660 glides / 36" deep surfaces 59 1 /2 [1511] 32 1 /8 [816] 82 [37] TBPTG3672 glides / 36" deep surfaces 71 1 /2 [1816] 32 1 /8 [816] 85 [39] TBPTG3696 glides / 36" deep surfaces 95 1 /2 [2387] 32 1 /8 [816] 92 [42] TBPTC36 casters / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 35 1 /2 [902] 23 1 /2 [597] 118 [54] TBPTC48 casters / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 47 1 /2 [1207] 23 1 /2 [597] 122 [55] TBPTC60 casters / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 59 1 /2 [1511] 23 1 /2 [597] 126 [57] TBPTC72 casters / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 71 1 /2 [1816] 23 1 /2 [597] 129 [59] TBPTC96 casters / 24" & 30" deep surfaces 95 1 /2 [2387] 23 1 /2 [597] 136 [62] TBPTC3636 casters / 36" deep surfaces 35 1 /2 [902] 34 1 /8 [867] 118 [54] TBPTC3648 casters / 36" deep surfaces 47 1 /2 [1207] 34 1 /8 [867] 122 [55] TBPTC3660 casters / 36" deep surfaces 59 1 /2 [1511] 34 1 /8 [867] 126 [57] TBPTC3672 casters / 36" deep surfaces 71 1 /2 [1816] 34 1 /8 [867] 129 [59] TBPTC3696 casters / 36" deep surfaces 95 1 /2 [2387] 34 1 /8 [867] 136 [62] TABLES 3.15 Rev

44 ERGOSTAT FOOTREST TABLES FRE FREC /2 8 1 /2 15 ESCRIPTION Footrests support legs and feet when sitting or standing. Footrests bolt to ErgoStat and orktable Bases with glides or casters. Aluminum bars manually adjust forward or back to accommodate sitting or standing and include end caps. Finish is Black. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES Footrests will not attach to UltraFrames or Table Bases. orktable Bases each accommodate an ErgoStat Footrest per side. Field drilling of holes in feet is required for installation TABLES Rev PROUCT IMENSIONS Product idth eight eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] FRE36BB glides 29 1 /2 [749] 2 1 /2 [64] 4 [2] FRE48BB glides 41 1 /2 [1054] 2 1 /2 [64] 5 [2] FRE60BB glides 53 1 /2 [1359] 2 1 /2 [64] 6 [3] FRE72BB glides 65 1 /2 [1664] 2 1 /2 [64] 8 [4] FRE96BB glides 77 1 /2 [1969] 2 1 /2 [64] 10 [5] FREC48BB casters 29 1 /2 [749] 2 1 /2 [64] 6 [3] FREC60BB casters 41 1 /2 [1054] 2 1 /2 [64] 7 [3] FREC72BB casters 53 1 /2 [1359] 2 1 /2 [64] 9 [4] FREC96BB casters 77 1 /2 [1969] 2 1 /2 [64] 11 [5]

45 LOER SELF - TABLE, ORKTABLE, ERGOSTAT TABLES LES ESCRIPTION Lower shelf provides general storage below work surface on Table, orktable and ErgoStat bases. Mounts on glide or caster bases. orks well for storing equipment, reagent supplies or heavy boxes. The LES and LTS include two lock-down tabs and a shelf with a 1 /2" raised edge that is positioned in the back. The LS includes four lock-down tabs without a raised edge allowing access from either side. No hardware or tools are needed for assembly. Load capacity 200 lbs. evenly distributed. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: AS Argent Silver A Arctic hite BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies PROUCT IMENSIONS Product epth eight idth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LTS48 Table 16 [406] 1 /2 [38] 42 [1007] 22 [10] LTS60 Table 16 [406] 1 /2 [38] 54 [1372] 27 [12] LTS72 Table 16 [406] 1 /2 [38] 66 [1676] 32 [15] LES48 ErgoStat 18 [457] 1 /2 [38] 19 [9] LES60 ErgoStat 18 [457] 1 /2 [38] 24 [11] LES72 ErgoStat 18 [457] 1 /2 [38] 30 [14] LS48 orktable 1 [25] 19 [9] LS72 orktable 1 [25] 32 [15] TABLES 3.17 Rev

46 AN CONTROL SITC - ELECTRIC BASE TABLES CS (A) P1U (B) PF1C (C) P1K () P1CS (E) PAK0 (F) PBK0 (G) PF1K (J) PF1M (K) P1K (L) PT1C (M) ESCRIPTION NOTES Optional hand control switches can replace the standard Symbiote switch Switches have extended lead time. (A) already included with electric ErgoStat, Table and orktable bases. Switches feature memory settings, digital feedback display and/or various mounting options. Finish is Black. Product is UL/CUL (US and Canada) recognized under UL962, File #E To order a hand control switch individually, order by product number (below). To establish a new list price and to substitute a different hand control switch for the CS ( A switch) that comes standard with any Symbiote electric base, follow these steps: 1. educt the price of the A switch from the list price of the chosen electric base (ErgoStat, Table Base or orktable). 2. Add the list price of the new switch to the list price of the same electric base. The electric base part number will end with a new alpha character. Example: If substituting a P1U ( B switch ) for the SC ( A switch) on an electric ErgoStat Base with glides, part number ESERG72A becomes ESERG72B. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight Number escription lb. [kg] CS (A) standard Symbiote switchbox 1 [0.53] P1U (B) push-button, 3 memory settings, box mount 1 [0.53] PF1C (C) rocker switch, 3 memory settings, digital display, bracket mount 1 [0.53] P1K () push-button, box mount 1 [0.53] P1CS (E) push-button, 3 memory settings, digital display, box mount 1 [0.53] PAK0 (F) push-button, hinged mount 1 [0.53] PBK0 (G) push-button, angled mount 1 [0.53] PF1K (J) rocker switch, bracket mount 1 [0.53] PF1M (K) rocker switch, 3 memory settings, bracket mount 1 [0.53] P1K (L) push-button, flush counterbore surface mount 1 [0.53] PT1C (M) touch panel, 3 memory settings, digital display, flush counterbore surface mount 1 [0.53] 3.18 TABLES Rev

47 4-LEGGE TABLE - GLIES TABLES 40 1 / /8 FLPG FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Table has leveling glides and a 14" travel range measuring 26 1 /8" to 40 1 /8" from the floor to the bottom of the work surface. Adjusts in 1" increments with threaded fasteners. eavy-duty welded steel front and back frame construction. Lower side leg cross-bar for added strength and stability. Use with Ultra Surfaces, ork Surfaces or orktops, sold separately, (see Section 4) to construct a height adjustable table. Surfaces are not pre-drilled for these bases. Lower Shelves (page 3.17) and Surface Accessory Brackets (page 4.33) are available. Ships knocked down and is easily assembled with gusset plates. Load capacity 1,000 lbs. evenly distributed. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Standard Finishes: AS Argent Silver A Arctic hite BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies PROUCT IMENSIONS Product idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] FLPG /4 [832] 20 3 /4 [527] 54 [24] FLPG /4 [1137] 20 3 /4 [476] 59 [27] FLPG /4 [1441] 20 3 /4 [476] 63 [29] FLPG /4 [1746] 20 3 /4 [476] 67 [30] FLPG /4 [2356] 20 3 /4 [476] 75 [34] FLPG /4 [832] 26 3 /4 [680] 56 [25] FLPG /4 [1137] 26 3 /4 [680] 61 [27] FLPG /4 [1441] 26 3 /4 [680] 66 [30] FLPG /4 [1746] 26 3 /4 [680] 70 [32] FLPG /4 [2356] 26 3 /4 [680] 78 [35] FLPG /4 [832] 32 3 /4 [832] 60 [27] FLPG /4 [1137] 32 3 /4 [832] 64 [29] FLPG /4 [1441] 32 3 /4 [832] 68 [31] FLPG /4 [1746] 32 3 /4 [832] 72 [33] FLPG /4 [2356] 32 3 /4 [832] 81 [37] FLPG /4 [1137] 38 3 /4 [984] 68 [31] FLPG /4 [1441] 38 3 /4 [984] 74 [34] FLPG /4 [1746] 38 3 /4 [984] 79 [36] FLPG /4 [2356] 38 3 /4 [984] 84 [38] FLPG /4 [1137] 44 3 /4 [1137] 71 [32] FLPG /4 [1441] 44 3 /4 [1137] 75 [34] FLPG /4 [1746] 44 3 /4 [1137] 81 [37] FLPG /4 [2356] 44 3 /4 [1137] 87 [39] TABLES 3.19 Rev

48 4-LEGGE TABLE - CASTERS TABLES 30 1 / / 8 FLPC FRONT SIE 3.20 TABLES Rev ESCRIPTION Table has leveling glides and a 14" travel range measuring 30 1 /8" to 44 1 /8" from the floor to the bottom of the work surface. Adjusts in 1" increments with threaded fasteners. eavy-duty welded steel front and back frame construction. Lower side leg cross-bar for added strength and stability. Includes 4" polypropylene casters with totalock brakes (simultaneously locks the swivel and wheel). Use with Ultra Surfaces, ork Surfaces or orktops, sold separately, (see Section 4) to construct a height adjustable table. Surfaces are not pre-drilled for these bases. Lower Shelves (page 3.17) and Surface Accessory Brackets (page 4.33) are available. Ships knocked down and is easily assembled with gusset plates. Load capacity 880 lbs. evenly distributed. PROUCT IMENSIONS TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: AS Argent Silver A Arctic hite BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies Product idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] FLPC /4 [832] 20 3 /4 [527] 61 [27] FLPC /4 [1137] 20 3 /4 [476] 65 [29] FLPC /4 [1441] 20 3 /4 [476] 69 [31] FLPC /4 [1746] 20 3 /4 [476] 73 [33] FLPC /4 [2356] 20 3 /4 [476] 81 [67] FLPC /4 [832] 26 3 /4 [680] 63 [29] FLPC /4 [1137] 26 3 /4 [680] 67 [30] FLPC /4 [1441] 26 3 /4 [680] 72 [33] FLPC /4 [1746] 26 3 /4 [680] 76 [34] FLPC /4 [2356] 26 3 /4 [680] 84 [38] FLPC /4 [832] 32 3 /4 [832] 66 [30] FLPC /4 [1137] 32 3 /4 [832] 70 [32] FLPC /4 [1441] 32 3 /4 [832] 74 [34] FLPC /4 [1746] 32 3 /4 [832] 78 [35] FLPC /4 [2356] 32 3 /4 [832] 87 [39] FLPC /4 [1137] 38 3 /4 [984] 71 [32] FLPC /4 [1441] 38 3 /4 [984] 78 [35] FLPC /4 [1746] 38 3 /4 [984] 83 [37] FLPC /4 [2356] 38 3 /4 [984] 88 [39] FLPC /4 [1137] 44 3 /4 [1137] 74 [34] FLPC /4 [1441] 44 3 /4 [1137] 79 [36] FLPC /4 [1746] 44 3 /4 [1137] 85 [38] FLPC /4 [2356] 44 3 /4 [1137] 91 [40]

49 4-LEGGE TABLE - LOER SELF TABLES FLSLF ESCRIPTION A 1 1 /4" high laminate Lower Shelf provides general storage below the work surface on glide or caster 4-Legged Table bases. Available in full or half depth sizes. Load capacity for the half size Lower Shelf is 100 lbs. evenly distributed. Load capacity for the full size Lower Shelf is 200 lbs. evenly distributed. Lower Shelf attaches to the 4-Legged Table support bars with hook and loop strips. Lower Shelves have square corners with matching edge band. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate Standard or Chemsurf Standard Laminates: GF Grey Fleck GL Grey Light N Neutral hite SA Sand SF Sand Fleck F hite Fleck NOTES Lower Shelf is not designed to work with Ergostat, orktable or Table Bases. alf depth Lower Shelf option is not available for 24" deep 4-LeggedTables. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] FLSL3048 half depth 1 1 /4 [38] 44 [1118] 11 [279] 19 [8] FLSL3060 half depth 1 1 /4 [38] 56 [1422] 11 [279] 23 [10] FLSL3072 half depth 1 1 /4 [38] 68 [1727] 11 [279] 27 [12] FLSL3648 half depth 1 1 /4 [38] 44 [1118] 14 [356] 23 [10] FLSL3660 half depth 1 1 /4 [38] 56 [1422] 14 [356] 29 [13] FLSL3672 half depth 1 1 /4 [38] 68 [1727] 14 [356] 36 [16] FLSLF2448 full depth 1 1 /4 [38] 44 [1118] 16 [406] 26 [11] FLSLF2460 full depth 1 1 /4 [38] 56 [1422] 16 [406] 34 [15] FLSLF2472 full depth 1 1 /4 [38] 68 [1727] 16 [406] 40 [18] FLSLF3048 full depth 1 1 /4 [38] 44 [1118] 22 [559] 38 [17] FLSLF3060 full depth 1 1 /4 [38] 56 [1422] 22 [559] 46 [21] FLSLF3072 full depth 1 1 /4 [38] 68 [1727] 22 [559] 54 [24] FLSLF3648 full depth 1 1 /4 [38] 44 [1118] 28 [711] 46 [21] FLSLF3660 full depth 1 1 /4 [38] 56 [1422] 28 [711] 58 [26] FLSLF3672 full depth 1 1 /4 [38] 68 [1727] 28 [711] 72 [33] TABLES 3.21 Rev

50 This page left blank 2015 TABLE OF CONTENTS

51 SECTION 4 ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS Ultra Surface ork Surface orktop Supports Custom Standard Laminate issipative Laminate Chemsurf Laminate ardwood Stainless Steel Phenolic System Top Standard Laminate issipative Laminate Chemsurf Laminate Standard Laminate issipative Laminate Chemsurf Laminate ardwood Stainless Steel Surface B Support Brackets Surface Cantilever Supports Frame Mount Surface Supports Surface Reinforcement Bars Surface Accessory Brackets Surface Back Stops Phenolic Backsplashes Gap Fillers Custom and Auxiliary ork Surfaces ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS 4.1

52 ULTRA SURFACES - STANAR LAMINATE SQUARE CORNERS ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS ULS UCLS ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high laminate surfaces mount to ErgoStats, Table Bases, UltraFrames and Panels. Surfaces have square corners with matching Edge-band. Corner surfaces each include one corner bracket. Surfaces are predrilled for supports and most accessories. Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. NOTES Surface supports sold separately; see pages Corner surfaces ship with one corner bracket. Order left and right-side supports separately (pp ). 72" and 96" wide frame-mounted surfaces must be supported in the center by Surface Cantilever Supports. Specify one 18" cantilever per 24" and 30" deep surface and one 24" cantilever per 36" deep surface. ULS TOP SIE UCLS TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate Standard Standard Laminates: BK GF GL N SA SF F Black Grey Fleck Grey Light Neutral hite Sand Sand Fleck hite Fleck SIE TOP AN PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] ULS [10] ULS [11] ULS [13] ULS [16] ULS [20] ULS [1829] 54 [24] ULS [2438] 72 [33] ULS [11] ULS [14] ULS [16] ULS [20] ULS [25] ULS [1829] 67 [30] ULS [2438] 90 [41] ULS [12] ULS [16] ULS [20] ULS [24] ULS [30] ULS [1829] 80 [36] ULS [2438] 108 [49] UCLS2448 corner 72 [33] UCLS3048 corner 74 [34] UCLS3648 corner 78 [35] 4.2 Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS

53 ULTRA SURFACES - STANAR LAMINATE FULL-ROUN EGE ULR UCLR ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high laminate surfaces mount to ErgoStats, Table Bases, UltraFrames and Panels. Surfaces have matching vinyl Full-round front edges with Edge-band on the back and side edges. Corner surfaces each include one corner bracket. Surfaces are predrilled for supports and most accessories. Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. NOTES Surface supports sold separately; see pages Corner surfaces ship with one corner bracket. Order left and right-side supports separately (pp ). 72" and 96" wide frame-mounted surfaces must be supported in the center by Surface Cantilever Supports. Specify one 18" cantilever per 24" and 30" deep surface and one 24" cantilever per 36" deep surface. ULR TOP SIE UCLR SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate Standard Standard Laminates: BK GF GL N SA SF F Black Grey Fleck Grey Light Neutral hite Sand Sand Fleck hite Fleck TOP ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] ULR [10] ULR [11] ULR [13] ULR [16] ULR [20] ULR [1829] 54 [24] ULR [2438] 72 [33] ULR [11] ULR [14] ULR [16] ULR [20] ULR [25] ULR [1829] 67 [30] ULR [2438] 90 [41] ULR [12] ULR [16] ULR [20] ULR [24] ULR [30] ULR [1829] 80 [36] ULR [2438] 108 [49] UCLR2448 corner 72 [33] UCLR3048 corner 74 [34] UCLR3648 corner 78 [35] ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS 4.3 Rev

54 ULTRA SURFACE PENINSULAS - STANAR LAMINATE ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS LPLATE ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high laminate surface assemblies mount to UltraFrames or Panels or attach to adjacent surfaces. Peninsulas include matching Edge-band or Full-round edge. Peninsulas each include a black 3 1 /4" diameter leg with an adjustment range of 27" to 36" to the underside of the surfaces. Peninsulas are predrilled for surface supports. Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. PLEG TOP SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate Standard Standard Laminates: BK GF GL N SA SF F Black Grey Fleck Grey Light Neutral hite Sand Sand Fleck hite Fleck NOTES ork Surface Stretcher Bars or Cantilever Supports are required to mount to UltraFrames or Panels. Surface B Support Brackets are required for attachment to C Legs. Order supports separately; see pages Link Plates are required to attach peninsulas directly to adjacent surfaces without the use of other surface supports. Finish is black only. Order separately; see below. Ultra Surface Peninsulas are not predrilled for Task rawers. AN PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] UPLS3048 edge-band 55 [25] UPLS3060 edge-band 66 [30] UPLS3072 edge-band 72 [1829] 77 [35] UPLS3648 edge-band 64 [49] UPLS3660 edge-band 77 [35] UPLS3672 edge-band 72 [1829] 90 [41] UPLR3048 full-round 55 [25] UPLR3060 full-round 66 [30] UPLR3072 full-round 72 [1829] 77 [35] UPLR3648 full-round 64 [41] UPLR3660 full-round 77 [35] UPLR3672 full-round 1 /4 [32] 72 [1829] 90 [41] PLEGBT peninsula leg 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 10 [5] LPLATE link plate 1 /6 [4] 20 [508] 8 [203] 5 [2] 4.4 Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS

55 US ULTRA SURFACES - ISSIPATIVE LAMINATE SQUARE CORNERS ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high laminate surfaces mount to ErgoStats, Table Bases, UltraFrames and Panels. Symbiote dissipative surfaces are manufactured with Nevamar Static issipative Laminates (SL). Nevamar SL is manufactured to have a point to point and point to ground resistance of 1 x 10 6 to 1 x % relative humidity. Nevamar Static issipative Laminates conform to ES Association Standard ES-S4.1. issipative surfaces each include a Laminate Grounding Terminal Kit. Surfaces have square corners with matching Edge-band. Corner surfaces each include one corner bracket. Surfaces are predrilled for supports and most accessories. Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. PROUCT IMENSIONS UCS TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate issipative issipative Laminates: NOTES Surface supports sold separately; see pages Corner surfaces ship with one corner bracket. Order left and right-side supports separately (pp ). 72" and 96" wide frame-mounted surfaces must be supported in the center by Surface Cantilever Supports. Specify one 18" cantilever per 24" and 30" deep surface and one 24" cantilever per 36" deep surface. Customers are responsible for specifying ES surface requirements; corporate ES standards must be consulted prior to ordering. Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] US [10] US [11] US [13] US [16] US [20] US [1829] 54 [24] US [2438] 72 [33] US [11] US [14] US [16] US [20] US [25] US [1829] 67 [30] US [2438] 90 [41] US [12] US [16] US [20] US [24] US [30] US [1829] 80 [36] US [2438] 108 [49] UCS2448 corner 72 [33] UCS3048 corner 74 [34] UCS3648 corner 78 [35] US TOP SIE BK G N S UCS SIE issipative Black issipative Grey issipative Neutral hite issipative Sand TOP ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS 4.5 Rev

56 ULTRA SURFACES - ISSIPATIVE LAMINATE FULL-ROUN EGE ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS AN UR ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high laminate surfaces mount to ErgoStats, Table Bases, UltraFrames and Panels. Symbiote dissipative surfaces are manufactured with Nevamar Static issipative Laminates (SL). Nevamar SL is manufactured to have a point to point and point to ground resistance of 1 x 10 6 to 1 x % relative humidity. Nevamar Static issipative Laminates conform to ES Association Standard ES-S4.1. issipative surfaces each include a Laminate Grounding Terminal Kit. Surfaces have matching vinyl Full-round front edges with Edge-band on the back and side edges. Corner surfaces each include one corner bracket. Surfaces are predrilled for supports and most accessories. Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. PROUCT IMENSIONS UCR TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate issipative issipative Laminates: NOTES Surface supports sold separately; see pages Corner surfaces ship with one corner bracket. Order left and right-side supports separately (pp ). 72" and 96" wide frame-mounted surfaces must be supported in the center by Surface Cantilever Supports. Specify one 18" cantilever per 24" and 30" deep surface and one 24" cantilever per 36" deep surface. Customers are responsible for specifying ES surface requirements; corporate ES standards must be consulted prior to ordering. Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] UR [10] UR [11] UR [13] UR [16] UR [20] UR [1829] 54 [24] UR [2438] 72 [33] UR [11] UR [14] UR [16] UR [20] UR [25] UR [1829] 67 [30] UR [2438] 90 [41] UR [12] UR [16] UR [20] UR [24] UR [30] UR [1829] 80 [36] UR [2438] 108 [49] UCR2448 corner 72 [33] UCR3048 corner 74 [34] UCR3648 corner 78 [35] UR TOP SIE BK G N S UCR SIE issipative Black issipative Grey issipative Neutral hite issipative Sand TOP 4.6 Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS Rev

57 ULTRA SURFACE PENINSULAS - ISSIPATIVE LAMINATE LPLATE ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high laminate surface assemblies mount to UltraFrames or Panels or attach to adjacent surfaces. Symbiote dissipative surfaces are manufactured with Nevamar Static issipative Laminates (SL). Nevamar SL is manufactured to have a point to point and point to ground resistance of 1 x 10 6 to 1 x % relative humidity. Nevamar Static issipative Laminates conform to ES Association Standard ES-S4.1. issipative peninsulas each include a Laminate Grounding Terminal Kit. Peninsulas include matching Edge-band or Full-round edge. Peninsulas each include a black 3 1 /4" diameter leg with an adjustment range from 27" to 36" to the underside of the surfaces. Peninsulas are predrilled for surface supports. Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. PLEG TOP SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate issipative issipative Laminates: BK G N S issipative Black issipative Grey issipative Neutral hite issipative Sand NOTES ork Surface Stretcher Bars or Cantilever Supports are required to mount to UltraFrames or Panels. Surface B Support Brackets are required for attachment to C Legs. Order supports separately; see pages Link Plates are required to attach peninsulas directly to adjacent surfaces without the use of other surface supports. Finish is black only. Order separately; see below. Ultra Surface Peninsulas are not predrilled for Task rawers. Customers are responsible for specifying ES surface requirements; corporate ES standards must be consulted prior to ordering. ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] UPS3048 edge-band 55 [25] UPS3060 edge-band 66 [30] UPS3072 edge-band 72 [1829] 77 [35] UPS3648 edge-band 64 [29] UPS3660 edge-band 77 [35] UPS3672 edge-band 72 [1829] 90 [41] UPR3048 full-round 55 [25] UPR3060 full-round 66 [30] UPR3072 full-round 72 [1829] 77 [35] UPR3648 full-round 64 [29] UPR3660 full-round 77 [35] UPR3672 full-round 72 [1829] 90 [41] PLEGBT peninsula leg 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 10 [5] LPLATE link plate 1 /6 [4] 20 [508] 8 [203] 5 [2] Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS 4.7 Rev

58 ULTRA SURFACES - CEMSURF LAMINATE SQUARE CORNERS ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS AN UCS ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high laminate surfaces mount to ErgoStats, Table Bases, UltraFrames and Panels. Chemsurf laminate is a ilsonart product specifically designed for highly corrosive environments. Chemsurf provides exceptional chemical and wear resistance. Reference ilsonart's website. Surfaces have square corners with matching Edge-band. Corner surfaces each include one corner bracket. Surfaces are predrilled for supports and most accessories. Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. PROUCT IMENSIONS UCCS TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate Chemsurf Chemsurf Laminates: C CGL Grey Light CN Neutral hite NOTES Surface supports sold separately; see pages Corner surfaces ship with one corner bracket. Order left and right-side supports separately (pp ). 72" and 96" wide frame-mounted surfaces must be supported in the center by Surface Cantilever Supports. Specify one 18" cantilever per 24" and 30" deep surface and one 24" cantilever per 36" deep surface. Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] UCS [10] UCS [11] UCS [13] UCS [16] UCS [20] UCS [1829] 54 [24] UCS [2438] 72 [33] UCS [11] UCS [14] UCS [16] UCS [20] UCS [25] UCS [1829] 67 [30] UCS [2438] 90 [41] UCS [12] UCS [16] UCS [20] UCS [24] UCS [30] UCS [1829] 80 [36] UCS [2438] 108 [49] UCCS2448 corner 72 [33] UCCS3048 corner 74 [34] UCCS3648 corner 78 [35] UCS TOP SIE UCCS SIE TOP 4.8 Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS Rev

59 ULTRA SURFACES - CEMSURF LAMINATE FULL-ROUN EGE UCR UCCR UCR ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high laminate surfaces mount to ErgoStats, Table Bases, UltraFrames and Panels. Chemsurf laminate is a ilsonart product specifically designed for highly corrosive environments. Chemsurf provides exceptional chemical and wear resistance. Reference ilsonart's website. Surfaces have matching vinyl Full-round front edges with Edge-band on the back and side edges. Corner surfaces each include one corner bracket. Surfaces are predrilled for supports and most accessories. Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. TOP SIE UCCR SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate Chemsurf Chemsurf Laminates: C CGL Grey Light CN Neutral hite TOP NOTES Surface supports sold separately; see pages Corner surfaces ship with one corner bracket. Order left and right-side supports separately (pp ). 72" and 96" wide frame-mounted surfaces must be supported in the center by Surface Cantilever Supports. Specify one 18" cantilever per 24" and 30" deep surface and one 24" cantilever per 36" deep surface. ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] UCR2424 UCR2430 UCR2436 UCR2448 UCR2460 UCR2472 UCR2496 UCR3024 UCR3030 UCR3036 UCR3048 UCR3060 UCR3072 UCR3096 UCR3624 UCR3630 UCR3636 UCR3648 UCR3660 UCR3672 UCR3696 UCCR2448 UCCR3048 UCCR3648 corner corner corner 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 22 [10] 24 [11] 29 [13] 36 [16] 45 [20] 54 [24] 72 [33] 24 [11] 30 [14] 36 [16] 45 [20] 56 [25] 67 [30] 90 [41] 26 [12] 36 [16] 43 [20] 54 [24] 67 [30] 80 [36] 108 [49] 72 [33] 74 [34] 78 [35] Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS 4.9 Rev

60 ULTRA SURFACE PENINSULAS - Chemsurf LAMINATE ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS LPLATE ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high laminate surface assemblies mount to UltraFrames or Panels or attach to adjacent surfaces. Chemsurf laminate is a ilsonart product specifically designed for highly corrosive environments. Chemsurf provides exceptional chemical and wear resistance. Reference ilsonart's website. Peninsulas include matching Edge-band or Full-round edge. Peninsulas each include a black 3 1 /4" diameter leg with an adjustment range of 27" to 36" to the underside of the surfaces. Peninsulas are predrilled for surface supports. Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. PLEG TOP SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate Chemsurf Chemsurf Laminates: C CGL Grey Light CN Neutral hite NOTES ork Surface Stretcher Bars or Cantilever Supports are required to mount to UltraFrames or Panels. Surface B Support Brackets are required for attachment to C Legs. Order supports separately; see pages Link Plates are required to attach peninsulas directly to adjacent surfaces without the use of other surface supports. Finish is black only. Order separately; see below. Ultra Surface Peninsulas are not predrilled for Task rawers. AN PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] UPCS3048 UPCS3060 UPCS3072 UPCS3648 UPCS3660 UPCS3672 UPCR3048 UPCR3060 UPCR3072 UPCR3648 UPCR3660 UPCR3672 PLEGBT LPLATE edge-band edge-band edge-band edge-band edge-band edge-band full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round peninsula leg link plate 1 /6 [4] 72 [1829] 72 [1829] 72 [1829] 72 [1829] 3 1 /4 [83] 20 [508] 3 1 /4 [83] 8 [203] 55 [25] 66 [30] 77 [35] 64 [29] 77 [35] 90 [41] 55 [25] 66 [30] 77 [35] 64 [29] 77 [35] 90 [41] 10 [5] 5 [2] 4.10 Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS Rev

61 ULTRA SURFACE - AROO SMR SMCR ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high hardwood surfaces mount to ErgoStats, Table Bases, UltraFrames and Panels. Surfaces consist of kiln-dried hardwood strips face glued, sanded smooth and finished with a two coat catalyzed varnish. Surfaces have a full radius edge with square-edged backs and sides. Corner surfaces each include one corner bracket. Surfaces are predrilled for supports and most accessories. Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. SMR TOP SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: SMCR SIE TOP NOTES Surface supports sold separately; see pages Corner surfaces ship with one corner bracket. Order left and right-side supports separately (pp ). 72" and 96" wide frame-mounted surfaces must be supported in the center by Surface Cantilever Supports. Specify one 18" cantilever per 30" deep surface and one 24" cantilever per 36" deep surface. ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] SMR3024CC SMR3030CC SMR3036CC SMR3048CC SMR3060CC SMR3072CC SMR3096CC SMR3636CC SMR3648CC SMR3660CC SMR3672CC SMR3696CC SMCR3048CC SMCR3648CC corner corner 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 25 [11] 31 [14] 38 [17] 50 [23] 63 [29] 75 [34] 100 [45] 45 [20] 60 [27] 75 [34] 90 [41] 120 [54] 74 [34] 78 [35] ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS 4.11 Rev

62 SURFACES /4" AROO ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS SS SCS SS TOP SIE SCS TOP SIE ESCRIPTION 1 3 /4" high hardwood surfaces mount to ErgoStats, Table Bases, UltraFrames and Panels. Surfaces consist of kiln-dried hardwood strips face glued, sanded smooth and finished with a two coat catalyzed varnish. Surfaces have a square-edged front, back and sides. Corner surfaces include one corner bracket. Surfaces are predrilled for supports and most accessories. Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES Surface supports sold separately; see pages Corner surfaces ship with one corner bracket. Order left and right-side supports separately (pp ). 72" and 96" wide frame-mounted surfaces must be supported in the center by Surface Cantilever Supports. Specify one 18" cantilever per 30" deep surface and one 24" cantilever per 36" deep surface. AN PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] SS3024CC SS3030CC SS3036CC SS3048CC SS3060CC SS3072CC SS3096CC SS3636CC SS3648CC SS3660CC SS3672CC SS3696CC SCS3048CC SCS3648CC corner corner 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 35 [16] 43 [19] 53 [24] 70 [32] 88 [40] 105 [47] 140 [63] 63 [28] 84 [38] 105 [47] 126 [57] 168 [76] 104 [46] 109 [49] 4.12 Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS

63 ULTRA SURFACES - STAINLESS STEEL USC TOP SIE ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS ESCRIPTION Provides durable work surface for areas where high abrasion, chemical resistance and sterilization are required. Surfaces are manufactured using 16 gauge stainless steel with a #4 brush finish. Surface is constructed of a stainless steel "cap" (tops and sides are formed from one sheet of steel with welded corners) assembled to a core which is laminated with backer material. The joint between the cap and core is sealed around the full perimeter. Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES Surface supports sold separately; see pages " and 96" wide frame-mounted surfaces must be supported in the center by a Surface Cantilever Support. Specify one 18" cantilever per 24" and 30" deep surface and one 24" cantilever per 36" deep surface. Also mounts to a orktable base. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] USC /8 [29] 44 [20] USC2448 USC2460 USC2472 USC /8 [29] 1 /8 [29] 1 /8 [29] 1 /8 [29] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 59 [27] 73 [33] 88 [40] 117 [53] USC /8 [29] 55 [25] USC3048 USC3060 USC3072 USC /8 [29] 1 /8 [29] 1 /8 [29] 1 /8 [29] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 74 [34] 92 [42] 110 [50] 147 [67] USC /8 [29] 66 [30] USC3648 USC3660 USC3672 USC /8 [29] 1 /8 [29] 1 /8 [29] 1 /8 [29] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 88 [40] 110 [50] 132 [60] 176 [80] ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS 4.13 Rev

64 PENOLIC SYSTEM TOPS ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS TSP TOP SIE ESCRIPTION 1" high solid phenolic resin tops mount to ErgoStats, Table Bases, UltraFrames and Panels. Tops have smooth 1 /8" radius corners and edges, and are predrilled for end surface supports. Phenolic resin material is specifically manufactured for highly corrosive environments and provides exceptional chemical and wear resistance. Contact factory for detailed chemical resistance testing data. Load capacity 300 lbs. evenly distributed. Finish is Black. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES Surface supports sold separately; see pages " and 96" wide frame-mounted surfaces must be supported in the center by Surface Cantilever Supports. Specify one 18" cantilever per 30" deep surface and one 24" cantilever per 36" deep surface. AN PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] TSP2424BK TSP2430BK TSP2436BK TSP2448BK TSP2460BK TSP2472BK TSP2496BK TSP3024BK TSP3030BK TSP3036BK TSP3048BK TSP3060BK TSP3072BK TSP3096BK TSP3624BK TSP3630BK TSP3636BK TSP3648BK TSP3660BK TSP3672BK TSP3696BK 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 29 [13.1] 36 [16.3] 43 [19.6] 58 [26.1] 72 [32.7] 86 [39.2] 115 [52.3] 36 [16.3] 45 [20.4] 54 [24.5] 72 [32.7] 90 [40.8] 108 [49] 144 [65.3] 43 [19.6] 54 [24.5] 65 [29.4] 86 [39.2] 108 [49] 130 [58.8] 173 [78.4] 4.14 Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS

65 ORK SURFACES - STANAR LAMINATE SQUARE CORNERS SLS SCLS ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high laminate surfaces mount to ErgoStats, Table Bases, UltraFrames and Panels. Surfaces have square corners with matching Edge-band. Corner surfaces each include one corner bracket. Surfaces are predrilled for supports and most accessories. Load capacity 300 lbs. evenly distributed. NOTES Surface supports sold separately; see pages Corner surfaces ship with one corner bracket. Order left and right-side supports separately (pp ). 60", 72" and 96" wide frame-mounted surfaces must be supported in the center by Surface Cantilever Supports. Specify one 18" cantilever per 24" and 30" deep surface and one 24" cantilever per 36" deep surface. SLS TOP SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate Standard Standard Laminates: BK GF GL N SA SF F Black Grey Fleck Grey Light Neutral hite Sand Sand Fleck hite Fleck SCLS SIE TOP ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] SLS2424 SLS2430 SLS2436 SLS2448 SLS2460 SLS2472 SLS2496 SLS3024 SLS3030 SLS3036 SLS3048 SLS3060 SLS3072 SLS3096 SLS3624 SLS3630 SLS3636 SLS3648 SLS3660 SLS3672 SLS3696 SCLS2448 SCLS3048 SCLS3648 corner corner corner 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 22 [10] 24 [11] 29 [13] 36 [16] 45 [20] 54 [24] 72 [33] 24 [11] 30 [14] 36 [16] 45 [20] 56 [25] 67 [30] 90 [41] 26 [12] 36 [16] 43 [20] 54 [24] 67 [30] 80 [36] 108 [49] 72 [33] 74 [34] 78 [35] ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS 4.15 Rev Rev

66 ORK SURFACES - STANAR LAMINATE FULL-ROUN EGE ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS SLR SCLR ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high laminate surfaces mount to ErgoStats, Table Bases, UltraFrames and Panels. Surfaces have matching vinyl Full-round front edge with Edge-band on the back and side edges. Corner surfaces each include one corner bracket. Surfaces are predrilled for supports and most accessories. Load capacity 300 lbs. evenly distributed. SLR TOP SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate Standard Standard Laminates: BK GF GL N SA SF F SCLR Black Grey Fleck Grey Light Neutral hite Sand Sand Fleck hite Fleck SIE TOP NOTES Surface supports sold separately; see pages Corner surfaces ship with one corner bracket. Order left and right-side supports separately (pp ). 60", 72" and 96" wide frame-mounted surfaces must be supported in the center by Surface Cantilever Supports. Specify one 18" cantilever per 24" and 30" deep surface and one 24" cantilever per 36" deep surface. AN PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] SLR2424 SLR2430 SLR2436 SLR2448 SLR2460 SLR2472 SLR2496 SLR3024 SLR3030 SLR3036 SLR3048 SLR3060 SLR3072 SLR3096 SLR3624 SLR3630 SLR3636 SLR3648 SLR3660 SLR3672 SLR3696 SCLR2448 SCLR3048 SCLR3648 corner corner corner 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 22 [10] 24 [11] 29 [13] 36 [16] 45 [20] 54 [24] 72 [33] 24 [11] 30 [14] 36 [16] 45 [20] 56 [25] 67 [30] 90 [41] 26 [12] 36 [16] 43 [20] 54 [24] 67 [30] 80 [36] 108 [49] 72 [33] 74 [34] 78 [35] 4.16 Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS

67 ORK SURFACE PENINSULAS - STANAR LAMINATE LPLATE ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high laminate surface assemblies mount to UltraFrames or Panels or attach to adjacent surfaces. Peninsulas include matching Edge-band or Full-round edge. Peninsulas each include a black 3 1 /4" diameter leg with an adjustment range of 27" to 36" to the underside of the surfaces. Peninsulas are predrilled for surface supports. Load capacity 300 lbs. evenly distributed. PLEG TOP SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate Standard Standard Laminates: BK GF GL N SA SF F Black Grey Fleck Grey Light Neutral hite Sand Sand Fleck hite Fleck ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS Notes ork Surface Stretcher Bars or Cantilever Supports are required to mount to UltraFrames or Panels. Surface B Support Brackets are required for attachment to C Legs. Order supports separately; see pages Link Plates are required to attach peninsulas directly to adjacent surfaces without the use of other surface supports. Finish is black only. Order separately; see below. Ultra Surface Peninsulas are not predrilled for Task rawers. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] SPLS3048 SPLS3060 SPLS3072 SPLS3648 SPLS3660 SPLS3672 SPLR3048 SPLR3060 SPLR3072 SPLR3648 SPLR3660 SPLR3672 PLEGBT LPLATE edge-band edge-band edge-band edge-band edge-band edge-band full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round peninsula leg link plate 1 /6 [4] 72 [1829] 72 [1829] 72 [1829] 72 [1829] 3 1 /4 [83] 20 [508] 3 1 /4 [83] 8 [203] 55 [25] 66 [30] 77 [35] 64 [29] 77 [35] 90 [41] 55 [25] 66 [30] 77 [35] 64 [29] 77 [35] 90 [41] 10 [5] 5 [2] ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS 4.17 Rev

68 ORK SURFACES - ISSIPATIVE LAMINATE SQUARE CORNERS ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS AN SS ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high laminate surfaces mount to ErgoStats, Table Bases, UltraFrames and Panels. Symbiote dissipative surfaces are manufactured with Nevamar Static dissipative Laminates (SL). Nevamar SL is manufactured to have a point to point and point to ground resistance of 1 x 10 6 to 1 x % relative humidity. Nevamar Static issipative Laminates conform to ES Association Standard ES-S4.1. issipative surfaces each include a Laminate Grounding Terminal Kit Surfaces have square corners with matching Edge-band. Corner surfaces each include one corner bracket. Surfaces are predrilled for supports and most accessories. Load capacity 300 lbs. evenly distributed. PROUCT IMENSIONS SCS TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate issipative issipative Laminates: NOTES Surface supports sold separately; see pages Corner surfaces ship with one corner bracket. Order left and right-side supports separately (pp ). 60", 72" and 96" wide frame-mounted surfaces must be supported in the center by Surface Cantilever Supports. Specify one 18" cantilever per 24" and 30" deep surface and one 24" cantilever per 36" deep surfaces. Customers are responsible for specifying ES surface requirements; corporate ES standards must be consulted prior to ordering. Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] SS2424 SS2430 SS2436 SS2448 SS2460 SS2472 SS2496 SS3024 SS3030 SS3036 SS3048 SS3060 SS3072 SS3096 SS3624 SS3630 SS3636 SS3648 SS3660 SS3672 SS3696 SCS2448 SCS3048 SCS3648 corner corner corner 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 22 [10] 24 [11] 29 [13] 36 [16] 45 [20] 54 [24] 72 [33] 24 [11] 30 [14] 36 [16] 45 [20] 56 [25] 67 [30] 90 [41] 26 [12] 36 [16] 43 [20] 54 [24] 67 [30] 80 [36] 108 [49] 72 [33] 74 [34] 78 [35] SS TOP SIE BK G N S SCS SIE issipative Black issipative Grey issipative Neutral hite issipative Sand TOP R 4.18 Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS

69 ev SR ORK SURFACES - ISSIPATIVE LAMINATE FULL-ROUN EGE ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high laminate surfaces mount to ErgoStats, Table Bases, UltraFrames and Panels. Symbiote dissipative surfaces are manufactured with Nevamar Static issipative Laminates (SL). Nevamar SL is manufactured to have a point to point and point to ground resistance of 1 x 10 6 to 1 x % relative humidity. Nevamar Static issipative Laminates conform to ES Association Standard ES-S4.1. issipative surfaces each include a Laminate Grounding Terminal Kit. Surfaces have matching vinyl Full-round front edges with Edge-band on the back and side edges. Corner surfaces each include one corner bracket. Surfaces are predrilled for supports and most accessories. Load capacity 300 lbs. evenly distributed. PROUCT IMENSIONS S NOTES Surface supports sold separately; see pages Corner surfaces ship with one corner bracket. Order left and right-side supports separately (pp ). 60", 72" and 96" wide frame-mounted surfaces must be supported in the center by Surface Cantilever Supports. Specify one 18" cantilever per 24" and 30" deep surface and one 24" cantilever per 36" deep surface. Customers are responsible for specifying ES surface requirements; corporate ES standards must be consulted prior to ordering. Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] SR2424 SR2430 SR2436 SR2448 SR2460 SR2472 SR2496 SR3024 SR3030 SR3036 SR3048 SR3060 SR3072 SR3096 SR3624 SR3630 SR3636 SR3648 SR3660 SR3672 SR3696 SCR2448 SCR3048 SCR3648 corner corner corner SCR SR TOP SIE 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate issipative issipative Laminates: BK G N issipative Black issipative Grey issipative Neutral hite issipative Sand SCR SIE TOP 22 [10] 24 [11] 29 [13] 36 [16] 45 [20] 54 [24] 72 [33] 24 [11] 30 [14] 36 [16] 45 [20] 56 [25] 67 [30] 90 [41] 26 [12] 36 [16] 43 [20] 54 [24] 67 [30] 80 [36] 108 [49] 72 [33] 74 [34] 78 [35] ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS Rev Rev

70 ORK SURFACE PENINSULAS - ISSIPATIVE LAMINATE ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS LPLATE PLEG ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high laminate surface assemblies mount to UltraFrames or Panels or attach to adjacent surfaces. Symbiote dissipative surfaces are manufactured with Nevamar Static issipative Laminates (SL). Nevamar SL is manufactured to have a point to point and point to ground resistance of 1 x 10 6 to 1 x % relative humidity. Nevamar Static issipative Laminates conform to ES Association Standard ES-S4.1. issipative peninsulas each include a Laminate Grounding Terminal Kit. Peninsulas include matching Edge-band or Full-round edge. Peninsulas each include a black 3 1 /4" diameter leg with an adjustment range from 27" to 36" to the underside of the surfaces. Peninsulas are predrilled for surface supports. Load capacity 300 lbs. evenly distributed. TOP SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate issipative issipative Laminates: BK G N S NOTES ork Surface Stretcher Bars or Cantilever Supports are required to mount to UltraFrames or Panels. Surface B Support Brackets are required for attachment to C Legs. Order supports separately; see pages Link Plates are required to attach peninsulas directly to adjacent surfaces without the use of other surface supports. Finish is black only. Order separately; see below. Ultra Surface Peninsulas are not predrilled for Task rawers. Customers are responsible for specifying ES surface requirements; corporate ES standards must be consulted prior to ordering. issipative Black issipative Grey issipative Neutral hite issipative Sand AN PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] SPS3048 SPS3060 SPS3072 SPS3648 SPS3660 SPS3672 SPR3048 SPR3060 SPR3072 SPR3648 SPR3660 SPR3672 PLEGBT LPLATE edge-band edge-band edge-band edge-band edge-band edge-band full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round peninsula leg link plate 1 /6 [4] 72 [1829] 72 [1829] 72 [1829] 72 [1829] 3 1 /4 [83] 20 [508] 3 1 /4 [83] 8 [203] 55 [25] 66 [30] 77 [35] 64 [29] 77 [35] 90 [41] 55 [25] 66 [30] 77 [35] 64 [29] 77 [35] 90 [41] 10 [5] 5 [2] 4.20 Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS

71 ORK SURFACES - CEMSURF LAMINATE SQUARE CORNERS SCS ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high laminate surfaces mount to ErgoStats, Table Bases, UltraFrames and Panels. Chemsurf laminate is a ilsonart product specifically designed for highly corrosive environments. Chemsurf provides exceptional chemical and wear resistance. Reference ilsonart's website. Surfaces have square corners with matching Edge-band. Corner surfaces each include one corner bracket. Surfaces are predrilled for supports and most accessories. Load capacity 300 lbs. evenly distributed. PROUCT IMENSIONS SCCS TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate Chemsurf Chemsurf Laminates: C CGL Grey Light CN Neutral hite NOTES Surface supports sold separately; see pages Corner surfaces ship with one corner bracket. Order left and right-side supports separately (pp ). 60", 72" and 96" wide frame-mounted surfaces must be supported in the center by Surface Cantilever Supports. Specify one 18" cantilever per 24" and 30" deep surface and one 24" cantilever per 36" deep surface. Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] SCS2424 SCS2430 SCS2436 SCS2448 SCS2460 SCS2472 SCS2496 SCS3024 SCS3030 SCS3036 SCS3048 SCS3060 SCS3072 SCS3096 SCS3624 SCS3630 SCS3636 SCS3648 SCS3660 SCS3672 SCS3696 SCCS2448 SCCS3048 SCCS3648 corner corner corner 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 22 [10] 24 [11] 29 [13] 36 [16] 45 [20] 54 [24] 72 [33] 24 [11] 30 [14] 36 [16] 45 [20] 56 [25] 67 [30] 90 [41] 26 [12] 36 [16] 43 [20] 54 [24] 67 [30] 80 [36] 108 [49] 72 [33] 74 [34] 78 [35] SCS TOP SIE SCCS SIE TOP ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS 4.21 Rev

72 ORK SURFACES - CEMSURF LAMINATE FULL-ROUN EGE ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS SCR SR SCR SCCR SCR ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high laminate surfaces mount to ErgoStats, Table Bases, UltraFrames and Panels. Chemsurf laminate is a ilsonart product specifically designed for highly corrosive environments. Chemsurf provides exceptional chemical and wear resistance. Reference ilsonart's website. Surfaces have matching vinyl Full-round front edges with Edge-band on the back and side edges. Corner surfaces each include one corner bracket. Surfaces are predrilled for supports and most accessories. Load capacity 300 lbs. evenly distributed. TOP SIE SCCR TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate Chemsurf Chemsurf Laminates: C CGL Grey Light CN Neutral hite NOTES Surface supports sold separately; see pages Corner surfaces ship with one corner bracket. Order left and right-side supports separately (pp ). 60", 72" and 96" wide frame-mounted surfaces must be supported in the center by Surface Cantilever Supports. Specify one 18" cantilever per 24" and 30" deep surface and one 24" cantilever per 36" deep surface. Rev AN PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] SCR2424 SCR2430 SCR2436 SCR2448 SCR2460 SCR2472 SCR2496 SCR3024 SCR3030 SCR3036 SCR3048 SCR3060 SCR3072 SCR3096 SCR3624 SCR3630 SCR3636 SCR3648 SCR3660 SCR3672 SCR3696 SCCR2448 SCCR3048 SCCR3648 corner corner corner 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 22 [10] 24 [11] 29 [13] 36 [16] 45 [20] 54 [24] 72 [33] 24 [11] 30 [14] 36 [16] 45 [20] 56 [25] 67 [30] 90 [41] 26 [12] 36 [16] 43 [20] 54 [24] 67 [30] 80 [36] 108 [49] 72 [33] 74 [34] 78 [35] 4.22 Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS

73 ORK SURFACE PENINSULAS - CEMSURF LAMINATE LPLATE ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high laminate surface assemblies mount to UltraFrames or Panels or attach to adjacent surfaces. Chemsurf laminate is a ilsonart product specifically designed for highly corrosive environments. Chemsurf provides exceptional chemical and wear resistance. Reference ilsonart's website. Peninsulas include matching Edge-band or Full-round edge. Peninsulas each include a black 3 1 /4" diameter leg with an adjustment range of 27" to 36" to the underside of the surfaces. Peninsulas are predrilled for surface supports. Load capacity 300 lbs. evenly distributed. PLEG TOP SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate Chemsurf Chemsurf Laminates: C CGL Grey Light CN Neutral hite NOTES ork Surface Stretcher Bars or Cantilever Supports are required to mount to UltraFrames or Panels. Surface B Support Brackets are required for attachment to C Legs. Order supports separately; see pages Link Plates are required to attach peninsulas directly to adjacent surfaces without the use of other surface supports. Finish is black only. Order separately; see below. Ultra Surface Peninsulas are not predrilled for Task rawers. Customers are responsible for specifying ES surface requirements; corporate ES standards must be consulted prior to ordering. ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] SPCS3048 SPCS3060 SPCS3072 SPCS3648 SPCS3660 SPCS3672 SPCR3048 SPCR3060 SPCR3072 SPCR3648 SPCR3660 SPCR3672 PLEGBT LPLATE edge-band edge-band edge-band edge-band edge-band edge-band full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round peninsula leg link plate 1 /6 [4] 72 [1829] 72 [1829] 72 [1829] 72 [1829] 3 1 /4 [83] 20 [508] 3 1 /4 [83] 8 [203] 55 [25] 66 [30] 77 [35] 64 [29] 77 [35] 90 [41] 55 [25] 66 [30] 77 [35] 64 [29] 77 [35] 90 [41] 10 [5] 5 [2] ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS 4.23 Rev

74 ORKTOPS - STANAR LAMINATE ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS LT LR ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high laminate tops mount to orktable Bases or 4-Legged Tables to construct a height adjustable table. Tops have a matching vinyl T-edge (with 1" radius corners) or Full-round edge on front and back with edge-banding on the two side edges. 30" orktops do not accept surface mounted accessories deeper than 12". 36" orktops do not accept surface mounted accessories deeper than 15". 42" orktops do not accept surface mounted accessories deeper than 18". 48" orktops do not accept surface mounted accessories deeper than 21". Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. TOP SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate Standard Standard Laminates: GF Grey Fleck GL Grey Light N Neutral hite SA Sand SF Sand Fleck F hite Fleck AN PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LT3048 LT3060 LT3072 LT3096 LT3648 LT3660 LT3672 LT3696 LT4248 LT4260 LT4272 LT4296 LT4848 LT4860 LT4872 LT4896 LR3048 LR3060 LR3072 LR3096 LR3648 LR3660 LR3672 LR3696 LR4248 LR4260 LR4272 LR4296 LR4848 LR4860 LR4872 LR4896 T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 45 [20] 56 [25] 67 [30] 90 [41] 54 [24] 67 [30] 80 [36] 108 [49] 63 [29] 78 [35] 93 [42] 126 [57] 72 [33] 89 [40] 107 [49] 144 [65] 45 [20] 56 [25] 67 [30] 90 [41] 54 [24] 67 [30] 80 [36] 108 [49] 63 [29] 78 [35] 93 [42] 126 [57] 72 [33] 89 [40] 107 [49] 144 [65] 4.24 Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS

75 ORKTOPS - ISSIPATIVE LAMINATE T ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high laminate orktops mount to orktable Bases or 4-Legged Tables to construct a table. Each top includes a Laminate Grounding Terminal Kit. Nevamar Static issipative Laminates (SL) have a point to point and point to ground resistance of 1 x 10 6 to 1 x 10 9 relative humidity. SLs conform to ES Association Standard ES-S4.1. Tops have a matching vinyl T-edge (with 1" radius corners) or Full-round edge on front and back with edge-banding on the two side edges. 30" orktops do not accept surface mounted accessories deeper than 12". 36" orktops do not accept surface mounted accessories deeper than 15". 42" orktops do not accept surface mounted accessories deeper than 18". 48" orktops do not accept surface mounted accessories deeper than 21". Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. PROUCT IMENSIONS R TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate issipative issipative Laminates: NOTES Customers are responsible for specifying ES surface requirements; corporate ES standards must be consulted prior to ordering. Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] T3048 T3060 T3072 T3096 T3648 T3660 T3672 T3696 T4248 T4260 T4272 T4296 T4848 T4860 T4872 T4896 R3048 R3060 R3072 R3096 R3648 R3660 R3672 R3696 R4248 R4260 R4272 R4296 R4848 R4860 R4872 R4896 T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 45 [20] 56 [25] 67 [30] 90 [41] 54 [24] 67 [30] 80 [36] 108 [49] 63 [29] 78 [35] 93 [42] 126 [57] 72 [33] 89 [40] 107 [49] 144 [65] 45 [20] 56 [25] 67 [30] 90 [41] 54 [24] 67 [30] 80 [36] 108 [49] 63 [29] 78 [35] 93 [42] 126 [57] 72 [33] 89 [40] 107 [49] 144 [65] BK G N S ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS TOP SIE issipative Black issipative Grey issipative Neutral hite issipative Sand ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS 4.25 Rev

76 ORKTOPS - CEMSURF LAMINATE ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS CT ESCRIPTION CR 1 1 /4" high commercial laminate orktops mount to orktable Bases or 4-Legged Tables to construct a height adjustable table. ilsonart Chemsurf laminates support highly corrosive places with exceptional chemical and wear resistance. Tops have a matching vinyl T-edge (with 1" radius corners) or Full-round edge on front and back with Edge-banding on the two side edges. 30" orktops do not accept surface mounted accessories deeper than 12". 36" orktops do not accept surface mounted accessories deeper than 15". 42" orktops do not accept surface mounted accessories deeper than 18". 48" orktops do not accept surface mounted accessories deeper than 21". Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. TOP SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate Chemsurf Chemsurf Laminates: C CGL Grey Light CN Neutral hite AN PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] CT3048 CT3060 CT3072 CT3096 CT3648 CT3660 CT3672 CT3696 CT4248 CT4260 CT4272 CT4296 CT4848 CT4860 CT4872 CT4896 CR3048 CR3060 CR3072 CR3096 CR3648 CR3660 CR3672 CR3696 CR4248 CR4260 CR4272 CR4296 CR4848 CR4860 CR4872 CR4896 T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge T-edge full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round full-round 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 45 [20] 56 [25] 67 [30] 90 [41] 54 [24] 67 [30] 80 [36] 108 [49] 63 [29] 78 [35] 93 [42] 126 [57] 72 [33] 89 [40] 107 [49] 144 [65] 45 [20] 56 [25] 67 [30] 90 [41] 54 [24] 67 [30] 80 [36] 108 [49] 63 [29] 78 [35] 93 [42] 126 [57] 72 [33] 89 [40] 107 [49] 144 [65] 4.26 Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS

77 1 ORKTOPS - 1 /4" AROO ESCRIPTION 1 1 /4" high hardwood tops mount to orktable Bases or 4-Legged Tables to construct a height adjustable table. Tops consist of kiln-dried hardwood strips face glued, sanded smooth and finished with a two coat catalyzed varnish. Tops have a full radius front and back edge with square-edged sides. 30" orktops do not accept surface mounted accessories deeper than 12". 36" orktops do not accept surface mounted accessories deeper than 15". 42" orktops do not accept surface mounted accessories deeper than 18". 48" orktops do not accept surface mounted accessories deeper than 21". Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. TOP SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] MR3048CC 50 [23] MR3060CC 63 [29] MR3072CC 72 [1829] 75 [34] MR3096CC 96 [2438] 100 [45] MR3648CC 60 [27] MR3660CC 75 [34] MR3672CC 72 [1829] 90 [41] MR3696CC 96 [2438] 120 [54] MR4248CC 42 [1067] 70 [32] MR4260CC 42 [1067] 88 [40] MR4272CC MR4296CC 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 105 [48] 140 [64] MR4848CC 80 [36] MR4860CC MR4872CC MR4896CC 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 100 [45] 120 [54] 160 [73] ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS 4.27 Rev

78 ORKTOPS /4" AROO ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS TOP SIE ESCRIPTION 1 3 /4" high hardwood tops mount to orktable Bases or 4-Legged Tables to construct a height adjustable table. Tops consist of kiln-dried hardwood strips face glued, sanded smooth and finished with a two coat catalyzed varnish. Tops have a square-edged front, back and sides. 30" orktops do not accept surface mounted accessories deeper than 12". 36" orktops do not accept surface mounted accessories deeper than 15". 42" orktops do not accept surface mounted accessories deeper than 18". 48" orktops do not accept surface mounted accessories deeper than 21". Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. TO ORER, SPECIFY: AN PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] S3048CC S3060CC S3072CC S3096CC 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 70 [32] 88 [40] 105 [47] 140 [63] S3648CC 1 3 /4 [45] 84 [38] S3660CC S3672CC S3696CC 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 105 [47] 126 [57] 168 [76] S4248CC 1 3 /4 [45] 42 [1067] 98 [44] S4260CC S4272CC S4296CC S4848CC S4860CC S4872CC S4896CC 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 123 [56] 147 [67] 196 [89] [64] 168 [76] 224 [102] 4.28 Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS

79 STAINLESS STEEL SURFACE TOP SIE ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS ESCRIPTION Provides durable work surface for areas where high abrasion, chemical resistance and sterilization are required. Surfaces are manufactured using 16 gauge stainless steel with a #4 brush finish. Surface is constructed of a stainless steel "cap" (tops and sides are formed from one sheet of steel with welded corners) assembled to a core which is laminated with backer material. The joint between the cap and core is sealed around the full perimeter. Load capacity 500 lbs. evenly distributed. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES Mounts to a orktable base. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] SC4248 SC4260 SC4272 SC4296 SC4848 SC4860 SC4872 SC /8 [29] 1 /8 [29] 1 /8 [29] 1 /8 [29] 1 /8 [29] 1 /8 [29] 1 /8 [29] 1 /8 [29] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 103 [47] 128 [58] 154 [70] 205 [93] 117 [53] 147 [67] 176 [80] 235 [107] ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS 4.29 Rev

80 SURFACE B SUPPORT BRACKETS ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS B BE FRONT SIE SIE ESCRIPTION Brackets provide manual height adjustable support for Ultra or ork Surfaces mounted to C Leg Supports. Brackets allow for surface heights to be adjusted in 1" increments. eight to the top of the support bracket ranges from 25 7 /8" to 35 7 /8" when used with CLM Legs and from 30 7 /8" to 40 7 /8" when used with CLT Legs. Extended brackets are for use with 36" deep surfaces, while the 18 5 /8" deep brackets are for use with 24" and 30" deep surfaces. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies AN NOTES 72" and 96" wide frame-mounted surfaces must be supported in the center by Surface Cantilever Supports. Specify one 18" cantilever per 24" and 30" deep surface and one 24" cantilever per 36" deep surface. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] BL10 BR10 BEL10 BER10 left right left, extended right, extended 12 1 /4 [310] 12 1 /4 [310] 12 1 /4 [310] 12 1 /4 [310] 2 1 /4 [57] 2 1 /4 [57] 2 1 /4 [57] 2 1 /4 [57] 18 5 /8 [473] 18 5 /8 [473] 24 5 /8 [626] 24 5 /8 [626] 12 [5] 12 [5] 16 [7] 16 [7] 4.30 Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS

81 SURFACE CANTILEVER SUPPORTS SL TOP Top ESCRIPTION Cantilevers provide manual height adjustable support for 24" and 30" deep Ultra or ork Surfaces mounted to UltraFrames or Panels. Cantilevers each have a cut-out at the rear allowing for the pass through of cords and cables. SIE Side SL18 TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS * Paint upcharge applies NOTES Use 24" supports with 24" and 30" deep surfaces; 36" deep surfaces require Extended Surface B Support Brackets; see page " and 96" wide frame-mounted surfaces must be supported in the center by Surface Cantilever Supports. Specify one 18" cantilever per 24" and 30" deep surface and one 24" cantilever per 36" deep surface. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] SL18 SR18 SL24 SR24 left right left right 8 1 /2 [14] 8 1 /2 [14] 10 1 /2 [337] 10 1 /2 [337] 1 /4 [57] 1 /4 [57] 1 /4 [57] 1 /4 [57] 18 [457] 18 [457] 23 [584] 23 [584] 4 [2] 4 [2] 5 [2] 5 [2] ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS 4.31 Rev

82 FRAME-MOUNT SURFACE SUPPORTS ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS SIE FRONT ESCRIPTION Supports mount to return UltraFrames and Panels providing rigid support for the left and right edges of Ultra or ork Surfaces. Brackets are vertically adjustable in 1" increments. issipative supports each include an ES Cable Kit Assembly for grounding. Frame-Mount Surface Supports are sold individually and are non-handed for surface depths of 30" and greater. Brackets have two hanger clip mounting positions to accommodate both standard B/C and Lab eight Modules Finish must be specified. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies AN PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] SB30 SB36 SBL24 SBR24 non-handed non-handed left right 5 3 /4 [121] 5 3 /4 [121] 5 3 /4 [121] 5 3 /4 [121] 10 [5] 12 [5] 8 [4] 8 [4] 4.32 Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS

83 SURFACE REINFORCEMENT BARS TOP FRONT ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS ESCRIPTION Surface Reinforcement Bars provide horizontal support under work surfaces for increased rigidity. Bars are sold in pairs and mount to Surface B Supports, Lab eight B Supports or Frame-Mount Surface Supports. Bars adjust over a 6" range to accommodate inboard and outboard C Leg clearance. Finish is Black. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES: Reinforcement Bars cannot be used with Cantilever Brackets. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] RB48BK RB60BK RB72BK reinforcement bar, pair reinforcement bar, pair reinforcement bar, pair 43 1 / /2 [ ] 55 1 / /2 [ ] 67 1 / /2 [ ] 15 [7] 18 [8] 21 [9] ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS 4.33 Rev

84 SURFACE ACCESSORY BRACKETS ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS SRCSBK SRCTBK FRONT SIE FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Brackets provide mounting locations for accessories above or below the surface. Short Surface Accessory Brackets are non-handed and mount Electric Plug Strips approximately 1 above the surface, or can be flipped over to mount plug strips 2½ below the surface. Tall Surface Accessory Brackets are handed and can be used to mount ispensing Rails, Bin Rails, Slatwall Rails, Electric Plug Strips or Air Strips above the surface. The tall brackets can also be flipped over and mounted to the underside of the surface to support Frame-mount Cable Trays or Electric Plug Strips. Brackets are sold in pairs and mount to surfaces with wood screws. Finish is Black. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES Two pairs of Tall Surface Accessory Brackets are shown in the image above. ork Surfaces, orktops and Ultra Surfaces are not pre-drilled for Surface Accessory Brackets. AN PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] SRCSBK short 4 [102] 3 /4 [20] 1 /2 [38] 1 [ 1 /4 ] SRCTBK tall 8 1 /4 [217] 1 /2 [38] 3 [1] 4.34 Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS

85 SURFACE BACK STOPS BS FRONT SIE ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS ESCRIPTION Surface Back Stops prevent equipment or small parts from falling off the back edge of surfaces. Stops provide a 1 3 /4" raised edge above the back of 1 1 /4" high surfaces. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies NOTES Can be used together with Universal Cable Trays which are sold separately; see page 9.5. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] BS24 BS30 BS36 BS48 BS60 BS72 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [76] 21 1 /2 [546] 27 1 /2 [699] 33 1 /2 [851] 45 1 /2 [1543] 57 1 /2 [1461] 69 1 /2 [1765] 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [1] 3 1 /2 [1 1 /2] 5 [2] 6 [3] 7 [3] 8 [4] ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS 4.35 Rev

86 PENOLIC BACKSPLASES ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS BSP FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION 4" high solid phenolic resin backsplashes have smooth 1 /8" radius corners and edges. Phenolic resin material is specifically manufactured for highly corrosive environments and provides exceptional chemical and wear resistance. Contact the factory for detailed chemical resistance testing data. Finish is Black. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES Mounting hardware is not included. Adhesive or thru-bolting to the horizontal surface is recommended. AN PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] BSP424BK BSP430BK BSP436BK BSP448BK BSP460BK BSP472BK BSP496BK 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 5 [2.2] 6 [2.7] 7 [3.3] 10 [4.4] 12 [5.4] 14 [6.5] 19 [8.7] 4.36 Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS

87 SURFACE GAP FILLERS AN LEVELING PLATES GFO GFO SLP GR3P GR3P ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS TOP SIE TOP SIE ESCRIPTION Surface Gap Fillers Surface Gap Fillers cover the gaps between back-to-back surfaces mounted on UltraFrames. Painted steel fillers have a spring form fit and work with all surface types. Finish must be specified. Surface Leveling Plates 10 gauge steel plates fasten to the underside of adjacent surfaces providing additional support and alignment for the front edges. Finish is Black. Grommets Plastic wiring grommet provides power and data cable management through the work surface. Grommet has removable cap with adjustable opening for desired cable capacity. Field installed using a 3-1 /8" (79mm) hole saw. Finish is Black. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies NOTES Surface Leveling Plates are not to be used to attach Surface Peninsulas to adjacent surfaces. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] GFO30 GFO36 GFO48 GFO60 SLPBK GR3PBK gap filler gap filler gap filler gap filler leveling plate grommet 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 /8 [3] 1 [25] 26 [660] 32 [813] 44 [1118] 55 [1397] 3 [76] 3 [76] 5 1 /4 [133] 5 1 /4 [133] 5 1 /4 [133] 5 1 /4 [133] 3 /4 [19] 3 [76] 2 [1] 2 [1] 3 [1] 4 [2] 1/4 [.2] 1 [.5] ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS 4.37 Rev

88 PENOLIC GAP FILLERS ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS GFP TOP FRONT ESCRIPTION 1" high solid phenolic resin gap fillers cover the gaps between back-to-back surfaces mounted on UltraFrames. Fillers have smooth 1 /8" radius corners and edges. Phenolic resin material is specifically manufactured for highly corrosive environments and provides exceptional chemical and wear resistance. Contact the factory for detailed chemical resistance testing data. Finish is Black. TO ORER, SPECIFY: AN PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] GFP24BK GFP30BK GFP36BK GFP48BK GFP60BK 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 18 [457] 42 [1067] 54 [1372] 3.5 [89] 3.5 [89] 3.5 [89] 3.5 [89] 3.5 [89] 3 [1.4] 4 [1.9] 5 [2.4] 7 [3.3] 9 [4.3] 4.38 Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS

89 CUSTOM ORK SURFACES BALL TRANSFER RESIN Symbiote offers several specialty surfaces to fit your design requirements. These surfaces are custom made to your order and priced per project. Consult factory for specifications and ordering information. escription Ball Transfer Surfaces Provide easy mobility of heavy or awkward objects on work surfaces. Surfaces utilize 3 /4" diameter transfer balls that are flush mounted to standard or dissipative laminate surfaces. Available with fixed transfer balls or air activated retractable pneumatic transfer balls. and or foot controls available. Resin Surfaces Provide durable work surfaces for areas where chemical, stain and corrosion resistance are required. Surfaces are nonporous, nonconductive and are high impact and shock resistant. Surfaces consist of solid phenolic resin and are finished on both sides. ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS ROLLER CONVEYOR Conveyors Conveyors are available for increased productivity of high volume processes or for easy mobility of heavy or awkward objects within workstations. Conveyors can be integrated into Symbiote s furniture or specified as stand alone units. Gravity and power roller, skate wheel and belt-driven conveyors available. Options such as side rails, right angle or curved transfers and entry gates are also available. ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS 4.39 Rev

90 AUXILIARY ORK SURFACE ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS TOP FRONT ESCRIPTION Steel platform and housing provide additional work surface space and mount to surfaces or Storage Accessory Mounting Bracket. Auxiliary ork Surface features 18" full-extension ball-bearing slides with in and out detent. Load capacity 35 pounds evenly distributed. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies AN PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] AS /8 [67] 15 [381] 18 [457] 15 1 /2 [7 ] 4.40 Rev ORK SURFACES & SUPPORTS

91 SECTION 5 GROUNING ARARE GROUNING ARARE Grounding ardware 5.2 GROUNING ARARE 5.1

92 GROUNING ARARE GROUNING ARARE CKA CKA CPG ESCRIPTION Cable Kit Assemblies Cable Kit Assemblies provide for frame-to-frame grounding. Kits also provide for grounding of dissipative workstation components to the grounding captivators in frames, Plug Strips and Electrical istributors. Assemblies consist of 48" fully extended coil cords with multi-stud ring terminals. Common Point Grounds Common Point Grounds provide multiple grounding points for dissipative components in ES workstations. Nickel plated steel plates attach to grounding points on UltraFrames, ErgoStat Riser Frames and UltraFrame Spines. The 1 /4" thick plates measure 5" by 1 3 /4". GBAL6 GBAL6 Ground Balls Ground Balls provide grounding for dissipative UltraFrames with Casters to ES floors. Assemblies consist of 1" diameter 10/10 steel back copper, chrome plated balls riveted to 6" nylon coated stainless steel cables with 1 /4" eyelets. Specify one Ground Ball per mobile workstation. GC6 GC6 Ground Chains Ground Chains provide grounding for dissipative UltraFrames with Casters to ES floors. Assemblies consist of two 6" tangle free chains composed of 1 /4" diameter stainless steel balls with 1 /4" eyelets. Specify one pair of Ground Chains per mobile workstation. All dissipative ErgoStats, Table Bases, orktables, Mobile Frames and Tote Frames come equipped with Ground Chains upon ordering. TO ORER, SPECIFY: PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight Number escription lb. [kg] CKA CPG GBAL6 GC6 cable kit assembly common point ground ground ball ground chain - pair 1 /4 [1] 1 /4 [1] 1 /4 [1] 1 /4 [1] 5.2 Rev GROUNING ARARE

93 GROUNING ARARE GK ESCRIPTION rist Strap Grounding Kits Kits provide grounding for two wrist straps at one common point to ground. Attach to the underside of dissipative surface. Grounding block has two 4mm banana plug receptacles, and 48" fully extended coil cords with ring terminals. Includes two 10mm "parking studs" to prevent damage to wrist strap cord when not in use. Surfaces are not predrilled for rist Strap Grounding blocks. rist straps are not provided by Symbiote. Front face of GK measures 2 1 /2" by 2". Electrical istributor Grounding Kit Electrical istributor Grounding Kit provides a grounding point on the bottom of an Electrical istributor when used in conjunction with an Electrical istributor Jumper Cable and Entry Cable. Assembly includes a conduit clamp, 1 /4-20 threaded insert, and required mounting hardware. GROUNING ARARE EGK TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES Verify ES ground path with an electrical tester before connecting components to the ground point. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight Number escription lb. [kg] GK EGK wrist strap grounding kit electrical distributor grounding kit 1 /4 [1] 1 /4 [1] GROUNING ARARE 5.3 Rev

94 This page left blank 2015 TABLE OF CONTENTS

95 SECTION 6 SELVING SELVING Multi-function Shelves Center Shelves - Adjustable Angle Corner Shelves - Laminate with Brackets Bookend Shelves Shelving Roll-out Shelves Shelf ividers Shelf Add-on Lip SELVING 6.1

96 MULTI-FUNCTION SELVES SELVING MFS (flat) MFS (sloped) ESCRIPTION Shelves provide general storage in workstations. Assemblies each include two steel support brackets and one shelf with a 1 /2" raised edge that can be positioned in the front or back. No hardware or tools are needed for assembly. Shelves mount flat or in a sloped position. issipative shelves each include an ES Cable Kit Assembly for grounding. Load capacity 200 lbs. evenly distributed. NOTES Shelf epth Shelf Slope " 17 18" 21 24" 15 hen mounted on Fabric or Laminate Panels in the flat position, there is a 3 /8" gap between the back of each shelf and the Panel limiting the amount of space for cord drops. Greenlee Manual Round Knockout Punches can be purchased for field installation of shelf grommets. Contact them at for a distributor near you. Shelf Add-on Lip sold separately; see page 6.9. TOP Top TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies SIE Side PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] MFS1124 MFS1130 MFS1136 MFS1148 MFS1160 MFS1172 MFS1524 MFS1530 MFS1536 MFS1548 MFS1560 MFS1572 MFS1824 MFS1830 MFS1836 MFS1848 MFS1860 MFS1872 MFS2424 MFS2430 MFS2436 MFS2448 MFS /2 [140] 5 1 /2 [140] 5 1 /2 [140] 5 1 /2 [140] 5 1 /2 [140] 5 1 /2 [140] 5 1 /2 [140] 5 1 /2 [140] 5 1 /2 [140] 5 1 /2 [140] 5 1 /2 [140] 5 1 /2 [140] 7 1 /2 [191] 7 1 /2 [191] 7 1 /2 [191] 7 1 /2 [191] 7 1 /2 [191] 7 1 /2 [191] 7 1 /2 [191] 7 1 /2 [191] 7 1 /2 [191] 7 1 /2 [191] 7 1 /2 [191] 72 [1829] 72 [1829] 72 [1829] 11 1 /2 [292] 11 1 /2 [292] 11 1 /2 [292] 11 1 /2 [292] 11 1 /2 [292] 11 1 /2 [292] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 18 1 /2 [470] 18 1 /2 [470] 18 1 /2 [470] 18 1 /2 [470] 18 1 /2 [470] 18 1 /2 [470] 15 [7] 17 [8] 19 [9] 21 [10] 25 [11] 30 [14] 17 [8] 20 [9] 23 [10] 27 [12] 32 [15] 37 [17] 18 [8] 22 [10] 24 [11] 28 [13] 35 [16] 41 [29] 20 [19] 24 [11] 28 [13] 36 [16] 46 [20] 6.2 Rev SELVING

97 CENTER SELVES - A JUSTABLE ANGLE CSA TOP Top SIE Side SELVING ESCRIPTION Shelves provide general storage in workstations. Shelves mount within the openings of Ultra Frames and can be center mounted or offset 4" to the front or back of the frames. Assemblies each include two steel support brackets and one shelf with a 1 /2" raised edge that can be positioned in the front or back. Positioning of the brackets provides raised edges on the left and right sides when mounted. Shelves mount flat or in one of two sloping positions, 8 or 16. Slopes are set with threaded fasteners. issipative shelves each include an ES Cable Kit Assembly for grounding. Load capacity 200 lbs. evenly distributed. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies NOTES Center Shelves cannot be mounted on ErgoStat Riser Spines. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] CSA24 CSA30 CSA36 CSA48 CSA /4 [121] 4 3 /4 [121] 4 3 /4 [121] 4 3 /4 [121] 4 3 /4 [121] 18 [457] 42 [1067] 54 [1372] 19 [9] 23 [10] 25 [11] 30 [14] 37 [17] SELVING 6.3 Rev

98 CORNER SELVES - LAMINATE IT BRACKETS SELVING SIE ESCRIPTION Shelves provide general storage in corner workstation configurations. The 1" high double-sided laminate shelves include matching vinyl Edgeband. Assemblies each include three steel support brackets which are notched to allow for the routing of cables. Symbiote dissipative surfaces are manufactured with Nevamar Static issipative Laminates (SL). Nevamar SL is manufactured to have a point to point and point to ground resistance of 1 x 10 6 to 1 x % relative humidity. Nevamar Static issipative Laminates conform to ES Association Standard ES-S4.1. issipative shelves are manufactured using dissipative laminate on the top side with matching non-dissipative laminate on the underside and each include a Laminate Grounding Terminal Kit. Load capacity 200 lbs. evenly distributed. NOTES To order, specify laminate finish first, support finish second. For example, CSL1548GLGT specifies Grey Light laminate shelf with Grey Light Texture supports. Corner Shelves are predrilled for attachment of Universal Cable Trays; see page " and 48" wide shelves are predrilled for Shelf Mount Light Brackets for 32" wide igh Performance Task Lights; see page Other dissipative laminates available upon request; consult factory for ordering information. Customers are responsible for specifying ES surface requirements; corporate ES standards must be consulted prior to ordering. PROUCT IMENSIONS TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate Standard or issipative Standard Laminates: GF Grey Fleck GL Grey Light N Neutral hite SA Sand SF Sand Fleck F hite Fleck issipative Laminates: G issipative Grey Light N issipative Neutral hite S issipative Sand BK issipative Black 3) Support Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] CSL1524 CSL1530 CSL1536 CSL1548 standard standard standard standard 6.5 [203] 6.5 [203] 6.5 [203] 6.5 [203] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 20 [9] 28 [13] 41 [19] 70 [32] CSL1824 standard 6.5 [203] 18 1 /2 [470] 22 [10] CSL1830 standard 6.5 [203] 18 1 /2 [470] 30 [14] CSL1836 standard 6.5 [203] 18 1 /2 [470] 43 [20] CSL1848 standard 6.5 [203] 18 1 /2 [470] 72 [33] CS1524 CS1530 CS1536 CS1548 dissipative dissipative dissipative dissipative 6.5 [203] 6.5 [203] 6.5 [203] 6.5 [203] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 20 [9] 28 [13] 41 [19] 70 [32] CS1824 dissipative 6.5 [203] 18 1 /2 [470] 22 [10] CS1830 dissipative 6.5 [203] 18 1 /2 [470] 30 [14] CS1836 dissipative 6.5 [203] 18 1 /2 [470] 43 [20] CS1848 dissipative 6.5 [203] 18 1 /2 [470] 72 [33] TOP 6.4 Rev SELVING

99 BOOKEN SELVES FRONT SIE SELVING ESCRIPTION Bookend Shelves mount on a frame, panel or wall strips, providing general storage. Shelf can be oriented with the ½" raised edge facing toward the front or back. Load capacity 200 lbs. evenly distributed. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies NOTES hen mounted on closed Fabric or Laminate Panel, there is a 3 /8" gap between the back of each shelf and the panel limiting the amount of space for cord drops. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] BES1124 BES1130 BES1136 BES1148 BES1160 BES [203] 8 [203] 8 [203] 8 [203] 8 [203] 8 [203] 72 [1829] 11 1 /2 [292] 11 1 /2 [292] 11 1 /2 [292] 11 1 /2 [292] 11 1 /2 [292] 11 1 /2 [292] 18 [8] 20 [9] 22 [10] 24 [11] 28 [13] 33 [15] BES [203] 15 [381] 21 [9] BES [203] 15 [381] 24 [11] BES [203] 15 [381] 27 [12] BES [203] 15 [381] 31 [14] BES [203] 15 [381] 36 [16] BES [203] 72 [1829] 15 [381] 41 [18] BES1824 BES1830 BES1836 BES1848 BES1860 BES [203] 8 [203] 8 [203] 8 [203] 8 [203] 8 [203] 72 [1829] 18 1 /2 [470] 18 1 /2 [470] 18 1 /2 [470] 18 1 /2 [470] 18 1 /2 [470] 18 1 /2 [470] 21 [10] 25 [11] 27 [12] 31 [14] 38 [17] 44 [20] SELVING 6.5 Rev

100 IG ENSITY SELVES L SELVING FRONT SIE TOP SIE ESCRIPTION igh density shelves mount on a frame, panel or wall strips. Shelves are vertically adjustable in 2 1 /2" increments and can be installed in three positions (flat, 11 and 22 degrees). Available as a three shelf or five shelf unit. Load capacity is 200 lbs. per unit (both three and five shelf units). Add-on shelves and front shelf lips also available. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES End panels are constructed of MF board and are powder coated. Mounting brackets and shelves are metal and color matched. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] B1524 B1530 B1536 B1548 B1560 C1524 C1530 C1536 C1548 C1560 shelf, three unit shelf, three unit shelf, three unit shelf, three unit shelf, three unit shelf, five unit shelf, five unit shelf, five unit shelf, five unit shelf, five unit 22 3 /4 [578] 22 3 /4 [578] 22 3 /4 [578] 22 3 /4 [578] 22 3 /4 [578] 37 3 /4 [958] 37 3 /4 [958] 37 3 /4 [958] 37 3 /4 [958] 37 3 /4 [958] 16 [406] 16 [406] 16 [406] 16 [406] 16 [406] 16 [406] 16 [406] 16 [406] 16 [406] 16 [406] 37 [17] 42 [19] 48 [22] 59 [27] 71 [32] 60 [27] 69 [31] 79 [36] 98 [44] 117 [53] 1524 add-on shelf 1 [25] 22 1 /2 [572] 15 1 /4 [387] 8 [4] 1530 add-on shelf 1 [25] 28 1 /2 [724] 15 1 /4 [387] 10 [5] 1536 add-on shelf 1 [25] 34 1 /2 [876] 15 1 /4 [387] 12 [6] 1548 add-on shelf 1 [25] 46 1 /2 [1181] 15 1 /4 [387] 15 [7] 1560 add-on shelf 1 [25] 58 1 /2 [1486] 15 1 /4 [387] 19 [9] L24 lip 1 /2 [38] 22 1 /2 [572] 1 [25] 1 1 /2 [1] L30 lip 1 /2 [38] 28 1 /2 [724] 1 [25] 2 [1] L36 lip 1 /2 [38] 34 1 /2 [876] 1 [25] 2 1 /2 [1] L48 lip 1 /2 [38] 46 1 /2 [1181] 1 [25] 3 [2] L60 lip 1 /2 [38] 58 1 /2 [1486] 1 [25] 4 [2] 6.6 Rev SELVING

101 ROLL-OUT SELVES TOP SIE SELVING ESCRIPTION Shelves provide general storage in workstations. Shelves roll out for easy access to the backside of the shelf and lock in the closed position using the push-button release adjacent to the handle of the front of the shelf. Assemblies each include full-extension ball-bearing slides, two steel support brackets, a stretcher and a shelf with a single handle and pushbutton release allowing one-handed operation of the shelf lock. Shelves extend from the front of the 21 7 /8" brackets when fully extended. andle extends 1 1 /4" from the front of the shelf. Load capacity 150 lbs. evenly distributed. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies NOTES Roll-out Shelves cannot be mounted next to C Legs that are attached to the same Ultra Frames; Connector Posts with C Legs or return frames must be used for support. No more than one loaded Roll-out Shelf should be extended at the same time. Extended C Legs or 30" wide return frames are recommended for use with Roll-out Shelves. Consult factory for design uses. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] RSM2424 RSM2430 roll-out shelf roll-out shelf 9 3 /4 [248] 9 3 /4 [248] 22 1 /2 [572] 28 1 /2 [724] 24 1 /4 [616] 24 1 /4 [616] 46 [21] 53 [24] Rev SELVING 6.7 Rev

102 SELF IVIERS SELVING Side SIE FRONT Front ESCRIPTION ividers vertically separate paper, folders, books and binders on shelves. ividers mount to Multi-function, Low Profile, General Purpose, Center and Storage Shelves in the flat position only. Scored mounting tabs allow for easy bending to hold Shelf ividers in place once installed on shelves. ividers are sold in packages of 5. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies NOTES Shelf ividers will not mount on Corner, ire, Roll-out Shelves or Storage Cabinets. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] SV /2 [140] 1 3 /4 [45] 11 [279] 6 [3] 6.8 Rev SELVING Rev

103 SELF A-ON LIP FRONT SIE SELVING ESCRIPTION Shelf add-on lip mounts to the front of Multi-Function Shelves. One-piece steel assembly provides a lip to secure contents. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies NOTES Multi-Function Shelf sold separately; see page 6.2. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] MFSL24 MFSL30 MFSL36 MFSL48 MFSL60 MFSL /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 72 [1829] 1 1 /8 [29] 1 1 /8 [29] 1 1 /8 [29] 1 1 /8 [29] 1 1 /8 [29] 1 1 /8 [29] 2 [1] 2 [1] 3 [1] 3 [1] 4 [2] 5 [2] SELVING 6.9 Rev

104 This page left blank 2015 TABLE OF CONTENTS

105 SECTION 7 STORAGE & ISPLAY STORAGE & ISPLAY Tackboards - Single & ouble-sided Pegboards Storage Cabinet Assemblies Pencil rawers & Utility Mounting Brackets Pedestals - anging & Mobile Accessory Mounting Brackets Magnetic hite Boards STORAGE & ISPLAY 7.1

106 TACKBOARS - SINGLE & OUBLE-SIE STORAGE & ISPLAY TBS ESCRIPTION Tackboards provide for the display of notes, prints, drawings and other items in workstations. Opposite sides of Single-Sided Tackboards are finished with cardboard backers. ouble-sided Tackboards mount within the openings of UltraFrames and ErgoStat Riser Frames with color matched brackets. Fabric encases the core material for a frameless appearance. NOTES ouble-sided Tackboards cannot be mounted to solid panels. Two Single-Sided Tackboards cannot be mounted level with each other in a corner condition. Two ouble-sided Tackboards can be mounted in a corner condition. Customer s Own Material (COM) is accepted. Consult factory for ordering information. TB FRONT FRONT TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Bracket Paint Finish (ouble-sided only) Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies 3) Fabric Standard Standard Fabrics: A2035 Angora A2053 Asteroid A2047 Eucalyptus A2084 Geranium A2079 Graphite A2691 aterfall M031 Cement M024 Subway AN PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] TBS1524 TBS1530 TBS1536 TBS1548 TBS1560 TB1524 TB1530 TB1536 TB1548 TB1560 single-sided single-sided single-sided single-sided single-sided double-sided double-sided double-sided double-sided double-sided 15 1 /2 [394] 15 1 /2 [394] 15 1 /2 [394] 15 1 /2 [394] 15 1 /2 [394] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 18 1 /4 [464] 24 1 /4 [616] 30 1 /4 [768] 42 1 /4 [1073] 54 1 /4 [1378] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 4 [2] 5 [2] 6 [3] 7 [3] 8 [4] 7 [3] 9 [4] 11 [5] 14 [6] 20 [9] 7.2 Rev STORAGE & ISPLAY

107 PEGBOARS Front FRONT Side SIE STORAGE & ISPLAY ESCRIPTION Pegboards provide for the display of tools and work aids in workstations. Pegboards are formed of steel and feature 1 /8" dimpled holes. Pegboards mount within the openings of UltraFrames and ErgoStat Riser Frames with four brackets. issipative Pegboards each include an ES Cable Kit Assembly for grounding. Load capacity 100 lbs. evenly distributed. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies NOTES Pegboards are single-sided; items cannot be hung from the opposite side. Pegboards cannot be mounted to solid Panels. Two Pegboards can be mounted back-to-back in a single frame opening. Pegboards cannot be mounted back-to-back with ouble-sided Tackboards or Magnetic hite Boards. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] PB2424 PB2430 PB2436 PB2448 PB /4 [464] 24 1 /4 [616] 30 1 /4 [768] 42 1 /4 [1073] 54 1 /4 [1378] 3 /4 [19] 3 /4 [19] 3 /4 [19] 3 /4 [19] 3 /4 [19] 9 [4] 13 [6] 15 [7] 20 [9] 25 [10] STORAGE & ISPLAY 7.3 Rev

108 STORAGE CABINET ASSEMBLIES STORAGE & ISPLAY ESCRIPTION Storage Cabinets provide secure storage in workstations. Steel assemblies each include two shelf ends, a bottom shelf, one door unit including top and a back panel. oors retract above the top panel and are equipped with individual key locks for security. Storage cabinets meet or exceed ANSI-BIFMA standards for safety and reliability. FRONT SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies NOTES oors are keyed randomly unless otherwise specified. Key numbers available UM To change locks in the field or to request a specific lock number, consult factory. AN PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] SCA24 SCA30 SCA36 SCA48 SCA60 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 13 1 /2 [343] 13 1 /2 [343] 13 1 /2 [343] 13 1 /2 [343] 13 1 /2 [343] 38 [17] 42 [19] 49 [22] 58 [26] 68 [31] 7.4 Rev STORAGE & ISPLAY

109 PENCIL RAER P FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Black plastic drawers provide storage for pencils, pens, office accessories and other small items. rawers mount under Ultra, ork and Peninsula Surfaces. Load capacity 25 lbs. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES Surfaces are not predrilled for Pencil rawers. STORAGE & ISPLAY PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] P2015BK 2 1 /8 [54] 21 1 /8 [537] 16 1 /4 [413] 5 [2] UTILITY ISPENSER MOUNTING BRACKET ESCRIPTION Utility ispenser Mounting Bracket provides a secure means of mounting a variety of dispensers or accessory items. ispensers or accessory items may be tek-screwed, hung from the lip or mounted with double-sided tape (not provided). Load capacity 20 lbs. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* PROUCT IMENSIONS * Paint upcharge applies Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] UMB 4 3 /4 [119] 12 3 /4 [325] 2 1 /2 [64] 2 [1] STORAGE & ISPLAY 7.5 Rev

110 PEESTAL - ANGING & MOBILE STORAGE & ISPLAY P PM ESCRIPTION ouble-wall drawer fronts and drawer sides. rawers feature ball-bearing slides with quick disconnect and antirebound features (full-extension slides on file drawers, 3/4-extension on box drawers). Pedestals meet or exceed ANSI-BIFMA standards for safety and reliability. Mobile Pedestals include two front locking black casters, two rear non-locking black casters and have a solid metal top. Load capacity up to 50 lbs. per drawer, not to exceed 150 lbs. per unit. FRONT SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES Other drawer depths available; consult factory. Master keys and core removal keys available; consult factory. Pedestals are keyed randomly unless otherwise specified. Key numbers available UM AN PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] P12 P1212 P612 P6612 P6 P66 P666 P6666 PM1212 PM612 PM6612 PM666 PM6666 hanging file hanging file/file hanging box/file hanging box/box/file hanging box hanging box/box hanging box/box/box hanging box/box/box/box mobile file/file mobile box/file mobile box/box/file mobile box/box/box mobile box/box/box/box 13 5 /8 [346] 25 5 /8 [651] 19 5 /8 [498] 25 5 /8 [651] 7 5 /8 [194] 13 5 /8 [346] 19 5 /8 [498] 25 5 /8 [651] 27 5 /16 [694] 22 3 /8 [568] 27 5 /16 [694] 22 3 /8 [568] 27 5 /16 [694] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 15 [381] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 22 [559] 22 [559] 22 [559] 22 [559] 22 [559] 28 [13] 49 [22] 41 [19] 53 [24] 22 [10] 33 [15] 45 [20] 55 [25] 84 [38] 70 [32] 84 [38] 75 [34] 86 [39] 7.6 Rev STORAGE & ISPLAY

111 ACCESSORY MOUNTING BRACKETS FRONT SIE STORAGE & ISPLAY ESCRIPTION Accessory Mounting Brackets suspend a P2015, TBT and P drawer from the underside of a 4-Legged Table. Brackets mount to the bottom of the surface with screws provided in the Accessory Mounting Bracket hardware pack. Load capacity 150 lbs. Finish is black. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES orks on all table depths with peds, tote bearers and pencil drawers. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] ASMBBK 16 [408] 5 [2] STORAGE & ISPLAY 7.7 Rev

112 MAGNETIC ITE BOARS STORAGE & ISPLAY MBS MB MBE FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Each board provides a white erasable writing surface and magnetic capability on either one or two sides of the workstation. Frame-mount and ErgoStat hite Boards mount within the opening of UltraFrames and ErgoStat Riser Frames with two color-matched brackets. Frame-mount board brackets allow for boards to be mounted centered or flush with one side of the frame. Each hite Board includes one black tray and color-matched brackets. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies NOTES Frame-mount hite Boards cannot be mounted to solid Panels. ErgoStat Magnetic hite Boards can only be mounted on Riser Frames. AN PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] MBS2424 MBS2430 MBS2436 MBS2448 MBS2460 MB2424 MB2430 MB2436 MB2448 MB2460 MBE1824 MBE1830 MBE1836 panel-mount panel-mount panel-mount panel-mount panel-mount frame-mount frame-mount frame-mount frame-mount frame-mount ErgoStat ErgoStat ErgoStat 18 [464] 18 [464] 18 [464] 18 1 /4 [464] 24 1 /4 [616] 30 1 /4 [768] 42 1 /4 [1073] 54 1 /4 [1378] 20 1 /2 [464] 26 1 /2 [616] 32 1 /2 [768] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 11 [5] 13 [6] 16 [7] 21 [10] 25 [11] 7 [3] 9 [4] 11 [5] 14 [6] 20 [9] 7 [3] 9 [4] 11 [5] 7.8 Rev STORAGE & ISPLAY

113 SECTION 8 ELECTRICAL & AIR Electrical Plug Strips Electrical Outlet Strips Utility Mounting Brackets LE Light and Occupancy Sensor General LE Task Lights & Magnification Lights LE igh Performance Task Light Cantilever Light Brackets Shelf Mount Light Brackets Electrical istributors Electrical istributor Power Cables Electrical istributor Receptacles ata istributors Vertical istributors Air Strips Compressed Air Accessories Air Brackets - Surface Mount ELECTRICAL & AIR ELECTRICAL & AIR 8.1

114 ELECTRICAL PLUG STRIPS - 15 AN 20 AMP ELECTRICAL & AIR FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Plug Strips provide single circuit, 15 Amp or 20 Amp, 110 Volt outlets where needed on frames. Each strip includes NEMA configuration 5-15R/5-20R black simplex receptacles and a 5-15P/5-20P plug. Strips mount horizontally to frames on hanger clips. Each strip includes a lighted, rocker-actuated circuit breaker with a built-in safety guard and an 8' power cord. One threaded insert located on each end of the Plug Strip allows for the grounding of dissipative workstation components. 15 Amp Plug Strips conform to ANSI/UL std.1363 and CSA C22.2 No TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies NOTES: Power cords exit the end of each strip where the switch is located. 20 Amp Plug Strips will not plug into Utility istributors or 15 Amp Plug Strips. 15 and 20 Amp Plug Strips are available with NEMA L5-15P and L5-20P twist lock plugs; consult factory. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] EPS24 EPS30 EPS36 EPS48 EPS60 EPS72 EP2024 EP2030 EP2036 EP2048 EP2060 EP Amp, 4 outlets 15 Amp, 5 outlets 15 Amp, 6 outlets 15 Amp, 8 outlets 15 Amp, 10 outlets 15 Amp, 15 outlets 20 Amp, 4 outlets 20 Amp, 5 outlets 20 Amp, 6 outlets 20 Amp, 8 outlets 20 Amp, 10 outlets 20 Amp, 15 outlets 72 [1829] 72 [1829] 3 [1] 4 [2] 5 [2] 6 [3] 7 [3] 9 [4] 3 [1] 4 [2] 5 [2] 6 [3] 7 [3] 9 [4] 8.2 Rev ELECTRICAL & AIR

115 ELECTRICAL OUTLET STRIPS FRONT SIE ELECTRICAL & AIR ESCRIPTION Strips provide six 15 Amp, 120 Volt outlets where needed. Each strip includes a lighted on/off switch with integrated circuit breaker, 6' power cord and hook and loop strips for mounting to any flat surface. EMI/RFI noise filtering. 15 Amp Outlet Strips are UL listed. Surge suppression rating: 720 Joules. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Standard Finishes: PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] EOS6 1 5 /8 [42] 10 1 /4 [267] 1 /2 [38] 2 [1] ELECTRICAL & AIR 8.3 Rev

116 UTILITY MOUNTING BRACKETS ELECTRICAL & AIR Front FRONT Top TOP ESCRIPTION Pairs of brackets provide easy adaptability to Symbiote stations for junction boxes and vertical and horizontal mounting of standard iremold, without defacing the framework. Steel brackets each have a solid face on which to mount electrical product with self drilling screws. Integral clips hang in 1" increments on frames. Pairs of brackets mount adjacent to each other at the juncture of two frames providing flat stationary surfaces on which to mount vertical electrical product and junction boxes with self drilling screws. Pairs of brackets also mount opposite each other on frames providing flat surfaces on which to mount horizontal electrical product with self drilling screws. Finish is Black. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES: Sold in pairs. Junction box and horizontal mounting requires one pair of brackets; vertical mounting requires two pairs. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] UMBBK 4 5 /8 [117] 4 3 /4 [121] 1 /3 [34] 2 [1] 8.4 Rev ELECTRICAL & AIR

117 LE LIGTS LEMS LEA BOTTOM SIE ELECTRICAL & AIR ESCRIPTION LE Lights igh output LE lighting provides high efficiency lighting for general tasks. 3500K temperature, 84CRI and 50,000 hour life span. Touch-and-hold continuous dimming with 10 hour automatic shut off. Starter kits include one 60 Power Supply with 12' cord. Adder kits include the light, (1) 8" and (1) 30" length jumper; Power Supply not included. Color is clear anodized aluminum housing with white end caps. Occupancy Sensor Passive infrared (PIR) integrated occupancy sensor automatically turns off all interconnected fixtures after 30 minutes of no movement detection. 17" LE 31" LE 44" LE 58" LE QTY QTY QTY QTY TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES: Includes screw and pivoting magnetic mounting kit complete with adhesive cord managers. ETL, TAA and BAA certified. Additional jumpers sold separately. End-to-end connectors can be used between lights in place of a jumper. Recommended shelf size: 17" LE Light - 24", 30" and 36" 31" LE Light - 48" and larger 44" LE Light - 60" and larger 58" LE Light - 72" Interconnected LE light fixtures must not exceed 60. Layout combinations are as follows: PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription Lumens attage in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LES17SV LES31SV LES44SV LES58SV LEA17SV LEA31SV LEA44SV LEMS LEEC LEP60 LEJ08 LEJ30 LEJ54 Starter unit Starter unit Starter unit Starter unit Adder unit Adder unit Adder unit Motion sensor End-to-End Connector 60 att Power Supply 8" jumper (interconnect cord) 30" jumper (interconnect cord) 54" jumper (interconnect cord) /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 1 /4 [33] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 16 1 /2 [417] 30 1 /8 [765] 43 3 /4 [1110] 57 1 /2 [1458] 16 1 /2 [417] 30 1 /8 [765] 43 3 /4 [1110] 4 1 /2 [115] 8 [203] 54 [1372] 1 1 /4 [.5] 1 3 /4 [.5] 2 1 /4 [1] 2 3 /4 [1] 1 1 /4 [.5] 1 3 /4 [1] 2 1 /4 [1] 1 [.5] 1 /4 [.10] 1 [.5] 1 /4 [.10] 1 /4 [.10] 1 /4 [.10] ELECTRICAL & AIR 8.5 Rev

118 GENERAL LE TASK LIGTS ELECTRICAL & AIR ESCRIPTION General LE Task Lights provide illumination where needed with a lifespan of 52,000 hours and a 3500k color temperature. Light features touch pad dimming with last state memory to further adjust light intensity and automatic shut off. Low profile design mounts with magnets under Multi-function, Storage, Center and Bookend Shelves, plus Storage Cabinets, in the flat position. BOTTOM SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES oes not mount to Cantilever or Shelf Mount Light Brackets. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LETG17SVB LETG31SVB LETB44SVB 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 1 /2 [13] 18 5 /8 [473] 32 5 /8 [829] 45 5 /8 [1159] 5 [2] 7 [3] 9 [4] MAGNIFICATION LIGT - LE ESCRIPTION ouble-arm adjustable light with a 3-diopter magnification lens. 9" diameter metal shade houses 9.4 LE panel, CRI > 81, color temperature 4783K. Clamps to edge of work surface. ETL Certified. Color is white. TO ORER, SPECIFY: PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] ML /2 [800] 11 1 /2 [292] 7 1 /2 [190] 8 [4] 8.6 Rev ELECTRICAL & AIR

119 LE IG PERFORMANCE TASK LIGTS PL232S L232S PL232P L232P ESCRIPTION LE Lights provide illumination for assembly tasks. Lights mount under shelves with Shelf Mount Light Brackets or to frames with Cantilever Light Brackets. Lights include premium glass tube LE lamps and a 9' cord with rear right-hand exit. Lights are available with batwing or glare reducing parabolic lenses and with two or four lamps. Four lamp fixtures have two switches allowing two or four lamps to be lit. Color temperature 4100k. TOP Top TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies SIE Side ELECTRICAL & AIR NOTES Mounting brackets sold separately; see pages Lights are available for UK applications with a BS 1363A plug. Lights are available for EU applications with a CEE 7/7 "Schuko" plug. To order United Kingdom or European Task Lights, consult factory. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] PL232S PL232P PL244S PL244P PL256S PL256P PL268S PL268P PL432S PL432P PL444S PL444P PL456S PL456P PL468S PL468P two lamp, batwing two lamp, parabolic two lamp, batwing two lamp, parabolic two lamp, batwing two lamp, parabolic two lamp, batwing two lamp, parabolic four lamp, batwing four lamp, parabolic four lamp, batwing four lamp, parabolic four lamp, batwing four lamp, parabolic four lamp, batwing four lamp, parabolic 32 [813] 32 [813] 44 [1118] 44 [1118] 56 [1422] 56 [1422] 68 [1727] 68 [1727] 32 [813] 32 [813] 44 [1118] 44 [1118] 56 [1422] 56 [1422] 68 [1727] 68 [1727] 11 [279] 11 [279] 11 [279] 11 [279] 11 [279] 11 [279] 11 [279] 11 [279] 11 [279] 11 [279] 11 [279] 11 [279] 11 [279] 11 [279] 11 [279] 11 [279] 20 [9] 20 [9] 25 [11] 25 [11] 30 [14] 30 [14] 33 [15] 33 [15] 20 [9] 20 [9] 25 [11] 25 [11] 30 [14] 30 [14] 33 [15] 33 [15] ELECTRICAL & AIR 8.7 Rev

120 CANTILEVER LIGT BRACKETS ELECTRICAL & AIR CB CB ESCRIPTION Brackets provide overhead frame-mounted support for igh Performance Task Lights and Overhead Tool Travelers. Low profile brackets mount flush with the top of frames when mounted in their highest position. igh profile brackets extend 7 1 /2" above frames when mounted in their highest position. CBL CBL SIE Side FRONT Front TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies NOTES Sold in pairs. Use extended brackets when shelves 15" deep or greater are mounted below lights. Task Lights and Tool Travelers sold separately; see pages 8.7 and General Task Lights do not mount to Cantilever Light Brackets. Cantilever Light Brackets allow lights to span between two adjacent frames that are connected by a Panel Connector as well as mount to individual frames. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] CBL CBL30 CB CB30 low profile, pair low profile extended, pair high profile, pair high profile extended, pair 7 1 /2 [191] 7 1 /2 [191] 17 1 /4 [438] 17 1 /4 [438] 20 1 /2 [521] 30 1 /2 [775] 20 1 /2 [521] 7 [3] 10 [5] 10 [5] 15 [7] 8.8 Rev ELECTRICAL & AIR

121 SELF MOUNT LIGT BRACKETS SMB SMB SMBA SMBA ESCRIPTION Shelf Mount Light Brackets, Flat and Angled Brackets mount igh Performance Task Lights beneath Multifunction, Storage, General Purpose, Center, ire and Low Profile Shelves, as well as Storage Cabinets. Brackets provide side-to-side and fore and aft adjustment. Brackets allow Task Lights to span between two adjacent Storage, General Purpose, ire or Low Profile Shelves, as well as Storage Cabinets, when shelves are mounted in the flat position with brackets extending above the shelves. Flat Shelf Mount Brackets must be ordered for mounting to shelves in the flat position, and Angled Shelf Mount Brackets must be ordered for mounting to shelves in sloped positions. Shelf Mount Light Brackets, Laminate Corner Shelf Brackets mount 32" wide igh Performance Task Lights beneath 36" and 48" wide Laminate Corner Shelves. SMB SMB TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies NOTES Sold in pairs. igh Performance Task Lights sold separately; see page 8.9. If ordering light to be mounted under storage cabinet you will need to order a SMB (Shelf Mount Light Bracket, Flat) along with a LSB13 (Light Spring Bar). ELECTRICAL & AIR PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] SMB SMBA SMB LSB13 flat, pair angled, pair corner shelf, pair light spring bar, pair 3 [76] 5 1 /2 [140] 1 /4 [6] 1 /4 [6] 1 3 /4 [44] 10 [254] 10 [254] 10 [254] 12 1 /2 [318] 1 [.5] 1 [.5] 1 [.5] ELECTRICAL & AIR 8.9 Rev

122 ELECTRICAL ISTRIBUTORS - INSET-MOUNT ELECTRICAL & AIR EN ESN FRONT FRONT SIE SIE EN ESN ESCRIPTION Inset-Mount Electrical istributors provide either single-sided or double-sided pre-wired electrical distribution throughout workstations. Inset-Mount style electrical distributors only mount to UltraFrames and will fit behind work surfaces to function as a surface backstop. uplex receptacles are ordered separately and their interchangeability permits a variety of circuit combinations that can be configured on site. The eight-wire electrical system is UL Listed as a manufactured iring System (UL183) and UL Recognized as an Office Furnishing Accessory (UL1286). The system distributes up to four 20 Amp circuits using 20 Amp duplex receptacles. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies NOTES uplex receptacles (ER20) sold separately; see page Electrical Entry (EEC) and Jumper (EJ) cables sold separately; see page Electrical istributors meeting in a 90 degree corner, spanning a three or four-way connection, or feeding from a Vertical istributor require mitering of the front cover. To specify a mitered cut to the left or right side of the front cover, substitute a "1" in place of the "0" in the product number depending on left or right side modification, i.e. EN4801 is modified for a right cut cover ESN3610 is modified for a left cut cover. To ground dissipative workstation components to the Electrical istributor order EGK; see page 5.4. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] EN2400 EN3000 EN3600 EN4800 EN6000 ESN2400 ESN3000 ESN3600 ESN4800 ESN6000 double-sided, 2 duplex openings double-sided, 1 duplex opening double-sided, 4 duplex openings double-sided, 6 duplex openings double-sided, 8 duplex openings single-sided, 1 duplex opening single-sided, 1 duplex openings single-sided, 2 duplex openings single-sided, 3 duplex openings single-sided, 4 duplex openings 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 3 1 /2 [92] 3 1 /2 [92] 3 1 /2 [92] 3 1 /2 [92] 3 1 /2 [92] 1 3 /4 [46] 1 3 /4 [46] 1 3 /4 [46] 1 3 /4 [46] 1 3 /4 [46] 6 [2.5] 8 [3.5] 10 [4] 13 [5.5] 16 [7] 4 [2] 5 [2.5] 7 [3] 9 [4] 12 [5] 8.10 Rev ELECTRICAL & AIR

123 ELECTRICAL ISTRIBUTOR COVERS - INSET-MOUNT ECN1 ECN3 ECN2 ECN4 ELECTRICAL & AIR ECN1 ECN3 ECN2 ECN4 ESCRIPTION istributor Cover Inset-Mount Electrical istributor Covers hide conduit connections between Inset-Mount Electrical istributors and/or Vertical istributors. Chase Entry Electrical istributor Covers mount to Electrical isributors with a "1" style front modification on either the left or right side of the distributor. Corner and 3-ay Frame Span Electrical istributor Covers mount to Electrical istributors with a "1" style front monification of the distributors on both sides of the cover. End Cover As an optional visual cap, the Inset-Mount Electrical istributor End Cover can be added to the left or right end (specify L/R) of an Electrical istributor. Includes knock-out tab for cable entry. Mounts to "0" style (uncut) ends; see page TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] ECN1 ECN2 ECN3 ECN4L ECN4R chase entry corner 3-way frame span end cover, left-hand end-cover, right-hand 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 3 7 /8 [98] 3 7 /8 [98] 3 3 /8 [86] 3 3 /8 [86] 8 3 /4 [224] 2 3 /4 [70] 2 3 /4 [70] 3 /4 [20] 3 3 /8 [86] 5 [127] 3 /4 [18] 3 /4 [18] 1 [.2] 1 [.2] 1 [.6] 1 /2 [.2] 1 /2 [.2] ELECTRICAL & AIR 8.11 Rev

124 ELECTRICAL ISTRIBUTORS - FACE-MOUNT ELECTRICAL & AIR FRONT SIE ESF ESCRIPTION Face-Mount Electrical istributors provide single-sided pre-wired electrical distribution throughout workstations. Face-Mount style electrical distributors mount to UltraFrames, all Track or Solid Panels. uplex receptacles are ordered separately and their interchangeability permits a variety of circuit combinations that can be configured on site. The eight-wire electrical system is UL Listed as a Manufactured iring System (UL183) and UL Recognized as an Office Furnishing Accessory (UL1286). The system distributes up to four 20 Amp circuits using 20 Amp duplex receptacles. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies NOTES uplex receptacles (ER20) sold separately; see page Electrical Entry (EEC) and Jumper (EJ) cables sold separately; see page Electrical istributors feeding from a Vertical istributor require modification of the front cover. Specify a "1" in place of one of the "0" in the product number, depending on left or right side modification, i.e. ESF4801 is modified for righthand entry and ESF3610 is modified for left-hand entry. Electrical istributors meeting in a 90 corner or spanning a three- or four-way connection require mitering of the front cover. To specify a mitered cut to the left or right side of the front cover, substitute a "2" in place of the "0" in the product number depending on left or right side modification, i.e. ESF4802 is modified for a right cut cover and ESF3620 is modified for a left cut cover. To ground dissipative workstation components to the Electrical istributor order EGK; see page 5.4. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] ESF2400 ESF3000 ESF3600 ESF4800 ESF6000 ESF7200 single-sided, 1 duplex opening single-sided, 1 duplex opening single-sided, 2 duplex openings single-sided, 3 duplex openings single-sided, 4 duplex openings single-sided, 4 duplex opening 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 72 [1829] 1 3 /4 [46] 1 3 /4 [46] 1 3 /4 [46] 1 3 /4 [46] 1 3 /4 [46] 1 3 /4 [46] 5 [2] 6 [3] 8 [3.5] 10 [4.5] 13 [6] 15 [7] 8.12 Rev ELECTRICAL & AIR

125 ELECTRICAL ISTRIBUTOR COVERS - FACE-MOUNT ECF1L ECF3 ECF4 ELECTRICAL & AIR ECF1 ECF3 ECF4 ESCRIPTION istributor Cover Face-Mount Electrical istributor Covers hide conduit connections between Face-Mount Electrical istributors and/or Vertical istributors. Chase Entry Electrical istributor Covers mount to Electrical istributors with a "1" style front modification on the left or right side of the distributor. 3-ay frame span Electrical istributor Covers mount to Electrical istributors with a "2" style front modification on each distributor at a 3-way frame connection. End Cover As an optional visual cap, the Face-Mount Electrical istributor End Cover is non-handed and mounts to the end of an Electrical istributor. Includes knock-out tab for power entry. Mounts to "0" style (uncut) ends; see page TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] ECF1L ECF1R ECF3 ECF4 chase entry, left-hand chase entry, right-hand 3-way frame span end cover 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 3 7 /8 [98] 3 3 /8 [86] 3 3 /8 [86] 5 1 /2 [140] 1 [25] 1 3 /4 [46] 1 3 /4 [46] 4 3 /4 [120] 1 3 /8 [35] 1 [.2] 1 [.2] 1 [.6] 1 /2 [.2] ELECTRICAL & AIR 8.13 Rev

126 ELECTRICAL ISTRIBUTOR POER CABLES ELECTRICAL & AIR EJS EJS EEC FRAME TO FRAME EJS CORNER EJS TREE OR FOUR-AY FRAME SPAN EJT ESCRIPTION Metal flex jumpers and entry cables provide power connection of eightwire, four-circuit Electrical istributors in various configurations. Jumpers and Entry Cables work with all Electrical istributor styles. Electrical Entry Cables require hard-wired connection to building power supply. Each cable is capable of powering 13 uplex Receptacles per circuit for a total of 52 uplex Receptacles per Electrical Entry Cable. Electrical Jumpers and Entry Cables integrate with an electrical system which is UL Listed as a Manufactured iring System (UL183) and UL Recognized as an Office Furnishing Accessory (UL1286). TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES Additional Electrical Jumper and Entry Cable lengths available; consult factory for ordering information. 30" wide electrical distributor requires a longer jumper length on the left end only; specify EJS6 or EJT6. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product idth eight Number escription in. [mm] lb. [kg] EEC072 EEC144 EJS EJT EJS6 EJT6 entry cable entry cable jumper, frame-to-frame or corner jumper, three or four-way jumper, 30" wide distributor left end, frame-to-frame or corner jumper, 30" wide distributor left end, three- or four-way 72 [1829] 144 [3658] 19 [483] 27 [686] 25 [635] 33 [838] 3 [1.5] 6 [3] 1 [.5] 1 [.5] 1 [.5] 1 [.5] 8.14 Rev ELECTRICAL & AIR

127 ELECTRICAL ISTRIBUTOR RECEPTACLES ER20S40R ER201BK ERB ER20S1BK ELECTRICAL & AIR ER201BK ERB ESCRIPTION Receptacles uplex Receptacles provide access to circuits 1, 2, 3 and isolated ground circuit 4 on Electrical istributors. Single-depth receptacles must be ordered for Face-Mount Electrical istributors (ESF) and Inset-Mount Single-Sided Electrical istributors (ESN). ouble-depth receptacles must be specified for Inset-Mount ouble-sided Electrical istributors (EN). Maximum of thirteen uplex Receptacles per circuit per building source. Electrical istributor cover and/or internal junction block removal is required to install and reconfigure uplex Receptacles within the Electrical istributor. The receptacles integrate with an eight-wire electrical system which is UL Listed as a Manufactured iring System (UL183) and UL Recognized as an Office Furnishing Accessory (UL1286). Receptacles include circuit identification stamped on the face. Finish for uplex Receptacles servicing circuits 1, 2 and 3 are Black. Isolated ground circuit 4 uplex Receptacles are Orange. Blank ust Cover Plastic ust Cover slides into the junction block of the Electrical istributor where the block is not equipped with a uplex Receptacle. Blank ust Cover works with all Electrical istributor styles. Finish is Black. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES 15 Amp duplex receptacles are also available; consult factory for ordering information. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] ER20S1BK ER20S2BK ER20S3BK ER20S4OR ER201BK ER202BK ER203BK ER2040R ERB single-depth, circuit 1 single-depth, circuit 2 single-depth, circuit 3 single-depth, circuit 4 isolated ground double-depth, circuit 1 double-depth, circuit 2 double-depth, circuit 3 double-depth, circuit 4 isolated ground dust cover 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 1 3 /4 [45] 3 1 /2 [88] 3 1 /2 [88] 3 1 /2 [88] 3 1 /2 [88] 3 1 /2 [88] 3 1 /2 [88] 3 1 /2 [88] 3 1 /2 [88] 3 1 /2 [88] 1 1 /8 [28] 1 1 /8 [28] 1 1 /8 [28] 1 1 /8 [28] 1 5 /8 [41] 1 5 /8 [41] 1 5 /8 [41] 1 5 /8 [41] 1 /2 [13] 1 [.06] 1 [.06] 1 [.06] 1 [.06] 1 [.07] 1 [.07] 1 [.07] 2 [1] 1 [.06] ELECTRICAL & AIR 8.15 Rev

128 ATA ISTRIBUTORS - FACE-MOUNT ELECTRICAL & AIR ESCRIPTION Face-Mount ata istributors provide a double-sided chase for routing data cables throughout workstations. Face-Mount style data distributors mount to UltraFrames, all Track or Solid Panels. Cut-outs in the ata istributor are sized for faceplates with a 3.28" screw spacing and the clearance in each opening is 2.84" wide by 2.25" high. Faceplates and data jacks are not included. Two #6-32 clip-on nuts are included per opening for faceplate fastening. The pass-thru area between adjacent Face-Mount ata istributors is approximately 3.8 in. 2 TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies NOTES ata istributors feeding from a Vertical istributor require modification of the front cover. Specify a "1" in place of one of the "0" in the product number, depending on the left or right side modification, i.e. F3601 is modified for right-hand entry and F3610 is modified for left-hand entry. ata istributors meeting in a 90 corner or spanning a three- or four-way connection require mitering of the front cover. Specify a "2" in place of one of the "0" in the product number, depending on left or right side modification, i.e. F4802 is modified for a right miter and F3620 is modified for a left miter. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] F2400 F3000 F3600 F4800 F6000 F7200 double-sided, 1 faceplate cutout per side double-sided, 1 faceplate cutout per side double-sided, 1 faceplate cutout per side double-sided, 1 faceplate cutout per side double-sided, 2 faceplate cutout per side double-sided, 2 faceplate cutout per side 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [76] 72 [1829] 1 3 /4 [46] 1 3 /4 [46] 1 3 /4 [46] 1 3 /4 [46] 1 3 /4 [46] 1 3 /4 [46] 3 [1.5] 4 [1.9] 5 [2.2] 7 [3.0] 8 [3.7] 10 [4.4] 8.16 Rev ELECTRICAL & AIR

129 ATA ISTRIBUTOR ROUTERS/EN COVERS - FACE-MOUNT RF1 RF2 RF3 CF4 ELECTRICAL & AIR ESCRIPTION Router Face-Mount ata istributor Routers guide cables at a 2" radius between Face-Mount ata istributors and/or Vertical istributors. Chase Entry ata istributor Router mount to ata istributors with a "1" style front modification on the left or right side of the distributor. Two-way Corner and three-way Frame Span ata istributor Routers mount to ata istributors with a "2" style front modification on each distributor. End Cover As an optional visual cap, the Face-Mount ata istributor End Cover can be added to the left or right end (specify L/R) of a ata istributor. Includes knock-out tab for cable entry. Mounts to "0" style (uncut) ends; see page TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies NOTES The RF2 contains internal guides and required mounting hardware and does not have a color finish option. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] RF1L RF1R RF2 RF3 CF4 chase entry, left-hand chase entry, right-hand two-way corner three-way frame span end cover 6 [150] 6 [150] 3 [76] 3 [76] 2 7 /8 [72] 3 3 /8 [86] 3 3 /8 [86] 3 3 /4 [94] 5 1 /2 [140] 1 [25] 1 3 /4 [46] 1 3 /4 [46] 3 3 /4 [94] 10 3 /4 [273] 1 3 /8 [35] 1 [.2] 1 [.2] 1 [.2] 2 [.9] 1 /2 [.2] ELECTRICAL & AIR 8.17 Rev

130 ATA ISTRIBUTORS - INSET-MOUNT ELECTRICAL & AIR ESCRIPTION Inset-Mount ata istributors provide a double-sided chase for routing data cables throughout workstations. Inset-Mount style data distributors only mount to UltraFrames and will fit behind work surfaces to function as a surface backstop. Cut-outs in the ata istributor are sized for faceplates with a 3.28" screw spacing and the clearance in each opening is 2.84" wide by 2.25" high. Faceplates and data jacks are not included. Two #6-32 clip-on nuts are included per opening for faceplate fastening. The pass-thru area between adjacent Inset-Mount ata istributors is approximately 1.5 in. 2 TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies NOTES ata istributors feeding from a Vertical istributor require modification of the front cover. Specify a "1" in place of one of the "0" in the product number, depending on the left or right side modification, i.e. N4801 is modified for right hand entry and N3610 is modified for left-hand entry. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] N2400 N3000 N3600 N4800 N6000 double-sided, 1 faceplate cutout per side double-sided, 1 faceplate cutout per side double-sided, 1 faceplate cutout per side double-sided, 2 faceplate cutout per side double-sided, 2 faceplate cutout per side 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [76] 1 3 /4 [46] 1 3 /4 [46] 1 3 /4 [46] 1 3 /4 [46] 1 3 /4 [46] 3 [1.4] 4 [1.7] 5 [2] 6 [3] 8 [3.4] 8.18 Rev ELECTRICAL & AIR

131 ATA ISTRIBUTOR ROUTERS/EN COVERS - INSET-MOUNT RN1 CN4 ELECTRICAL & AIR ESCRIPTION Router Inset-Mount ata istributor Routers guide cables at a 2" radius between Inset-Mount ata istributors and Vertical istributors. The chase Entry ata istributor Router mounts to ata istributors with a "1" style front modification on either the left or right side of the distributor. End Cover As an optional visual cap, the Inset-Mount ata istributor End Cover can be added to the left or right end (specify L/R) of a ata istributor. Includes knock-out tab for cable entry. Mounts to "0" style (uncut) ends; see page TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] RN1L RN1R CN4L CN4R chase entry, left-hand chase entry, right-hand end cover, left-hand end cover, right-hand 3 [76] 3 [76] 2 7 /8 [72] 2 7 /8 [72] 3 3 /8 [86] 3 3 /8 [86] 3 /4 [18] 3 /4 [18] 3 /4 [20] 3 /4 [20] 3 /4 [18] 3 /4 [18] 1 [.2] 1 [.2] 1 /2 [.2] 1 /2 [.2] ELECTRICAL & AIR 8.19 Rev

132 VERTICAL ISTRIBUTORS ELECTRICAL & AIR OUBLE V126 SINGLE ESCRIPTION Vertical istributors connect UltraFrames with Glides or Panels at 90 angles while providing concealed chases for dropping electrical and data supply cables. Vertical istributors are available with either a single or double chase area. Each chase area has a cross-sectional clearance of 1.64"x4.37" for cables. Cover panels are secured to the Vertical istributor with 1/4-turn fasteners enabling easy access to installed cabling. Vertical istributors allow entry of power and data cables into Electrical istributors and/or ata istributors in adjustable heights ranging from 30" to 60" above the floor. Access Panels vary between Inset-Mount and Face-Mount style Electrical and ata istributors. Vertical istributors can be configured in the field to connect 48", 62" or 80" high Frames or Panels. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies NOTES For transitions between Electrical istributors and Vertical istributors, specify Electrical istributors with a chase entry cut end; see pages To order Electrical istributor Chase Entry Cover, consult factory. For transitions and cable bend radius control between ata istributors and Vertical istributors, specify ata istributors with a chase entry cut end; see pages To order ata istributor Entry Router separately, consult factory. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] V126380FM V126380NM V126480FM V126480NM V126S280F V126S280N V126S380F V126S380FM V126S380N V126S380NM V126S480FM V126S480NM double mid 3-way, face-mount access double mid 3-way, inset-mount access double mid 4-way, face-mount access double mid 4-way, inset-mount access single handed 2-way, face-mount access single handed 2-way, inset-mount access single handed 3-way, face-mount access single mid 3-way, face-mount access single handed 3-way, inset-mount access single mid 3-way, inset-mount access single mid 4-way, face-mount access single mid 4-way, inset-mount access 126 [3200] 126 [3200] 126 [3200] 126 [3200] 126 [3200] 126 [3200] 126 [3200] 126 [3200] 126 [3200] 126 [3200] 126 [3200] 126 [3200] 15 1 /2 [394] 15 1 /2 [394] 15 1 /2 [394] 15 1 /2 [394] 2 3 /4 [70] 2 3 /4 [70] 2 3 /4 [70] 3 1 /2 [89] 2 3 /4 [70] 3 1 /2 [89] 3 1 /2 [89] 3 1 /2 [89] 2 3 /4 [70] 2 3 /4 [70] 3 1 /2 [89] 3 1 /2 [89] 8 3 /4 [222] 8 3 /4 [222] 9 1 /2 [241] 8 3 /4 [222] 9 1 /2 [241] 8 3 /4 [222] 9 1 /2 [241] 9 1 /2 [241] 129 [58.5] 129 [58.5] 137 [62] 137 [62] 80 [36.5] 80 [36.5] 84 [38] 85 [38.5] 84 [38] 85 [38.5] 89 [40.5] 89 [40.5] 8.20 Rev ELECTRICAL & AIR

133 AIR STRIPS AS36FL1FR1 Q LOCATIONS AS36SL2SR2 Q POSITIONS 1 AS36SL1SR1 ELECTRICAL & AIR 2 FRONT Front SIE Side L LM RM R ESCRIPTION Air Strips distribute compressed air or low pressure vacuum service in workstations. Each strip includes two single swivel or two single fixed 1 /4" Quick isconnect Fittings in locations left front (L1) and right front (R1) or left bottom (L2) and right bottom (R2). Other combinations can be field installed by purchasing additional components. Strips include bulkhead unions on each end with push-in fittings for 1 /2" O tube for connection of adjacent strips and connection to building air sources. NOTES Compressed Air Entry/End Kits (CAEK) and Compressed Air Tube Kits (CATK) sold separately; see page Additional Quick isconnect (Q) Fittings and Accessories sold separately for field installation of other combinations of fittings; see page Only 48" and 60" Air Strips have left middle (LM) and right middle (RM) locations for Q fittings. They install in position 2 only. The 24", 30" and 36" strips can accommodate two Q fittings; 48" and 60" accommodate four Q fittings. PROUCT IMENSIONS AS24FL1FR1 AS24SL1SR1 AS24SL2SR2 AS30FL1FR1 AS30SL1SR1 AS30SL2SR2 AS36FL1FR1 AS36SL1SR1 AS36SL2SR2 AS48FL1FR1 AS48SL1SR1 AS48SL2SR2 AS60FL1FR1 AS60SL1SR1 AS60SL2SR2 fixed left & right, front swivel left & right, front swivel left & right, bottom fixed left & right, front swivel left & right, front swivel left & right, bottom fixed left & right, front swivel left & right, front swivel left & right, bottom fixed left & right, front swivel left & right, front swivel left & right, bottom fixed left & right, front swivel left & right, front swivel left & right, bottom 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] 11 [5] 11 [5] 11 [5] 12 [6] 12 [6] 12 [6] 13 [6] 13 [6] 13 [6] 14 [6] 14 [6] 14 [6] 15 [7] 15 [7] 15 [7] ELECTRICAL & AIR 8.21 Rev

134 COMPRESSE AIR ACCESSORIES ELECTRICAL & AIR ESCRIPTION Compressed Air Entry/End Kits (CAEK) CAEKs provide air connection to building air supplies and provide termination for runs. One kit is required for each entry and end of single or multiple runs of Utility istributors or Air Strips. Kits each include 60" of 1 /2" O nylon tubing, a 1 /4" by 3 /8" FPT nipple, a 1 /2" push-in by 3 /8" MPT straight adapter and a termination plug. Compressed Air Tube Kits (CATK) CATKs provide additional tubing to install compressed air service to workstations; order to connect adjacent Utility istributors or Air Strips in a run. Kits each include fifty feet of 1 /2" O nylon tubing and a Tube Cutter. Compressed Air Coiled Tube Kits (CAC) CACs provide for flexible delivery of compressed air from Tool Travelers to air tools in workstations. Kits each include 60" of 1 /4" I coiled poly tube with a 1 /4" Quick isconnect fitting on one end for attachment to an air tool and a 1 /4" push-in by 1 /4" MPT straight adapter on other end for attachment to the Tool Traveler Car. Tube Cutters (TCUT) Required to make straight cuts in nylon tube for proper connection of air fittings on Utility istributors and Air Strips. Termination Plugs (TPLUG) Plastic plugs enclose the ends of 1 /2" O nylon tube to terminate air runs. NPT Straight Adapters (NPT) The 1 /2" push-in by 3 /8" MPT straight adapters attach to the 1 /2" O nylon tube on Utility istributors and Air Strips allowing connection to building air supplies. Elbow and Tee Connectors (ELB1/2, TEE1/2) Elbows provide two 1 /2" push-in fittings and Tees provide three 1 /2" push-in fittings to connect 1 /2" O nylon tube together in 90 or three-way conditions. Quick isconnect Fittings Fittings provide compressed air or low pressure vacuum service in Utility istributors or Air Strips. The 1 /4" Quick isconnect Fittings come assembled with all parts needed to add fittings to Utility istributors or Air Strips in the field. Only one fitting can be installed per location on Utility istributors or Air Strips. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight Number escription lb. [kg] CAEK CATK CAC TCUT TPLUG NPT ELB1/2 TEE1/2 CAF-1/4 CAS-1/4 CAS-1/4 compressed air entry/end kit compressed air tube kit compressed air coil tube kit tube cutter termination plug, 5 pack NPT straight adapter, 5 pack elbow connector 90 tee connector three-way quick disconnect, single fixed quick disconnect, single swivel quick disconnect, double swivel 2 [1] 15 [7] 3 [1] 1 [.1] 1 [.1] 1 [5] 1 [.1] 1 [.1] 3 [1] 3 [1] 6 [3] 8.22 Rev ELECTRICAL & AIR

135 AIR BRACKETS - SURFACE MOUNT CAS 1/4 CAF 1/4 CAS 1/4 CABF1/4 FRONT SIE ELECTRICAL & AIR TOL1/4 TOL ESCRIPTION Tool olster Brackets (TOL) Brackets suspend small hand tools beneath surfaces. Tool olster Brackets with Compressed Air (TOL1/4) Brackets suspend small air tools beneath surfaces. Assemblies each include a fixed 1/4" Quick isconnect Fitting, 72" of 1 /2" tubing, a 1 /2" push-in by 3 /8" MPT straight adapter and a 1 /4" by 3 /8" FPT nipple. Assemblies connect to Quick isconnect Fittings, Air Strip bulkhead fittings or building supplies. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES Finish is stainless steel on all brackets. Surface Brackets with Compressed Air (CABF1/4) Brackets suspend compressed air Quick isconnect Fittings beneath surfaces. Assemblies each include a fixed 1 /4" Quick isconnect Fitting, 72" of 1 /2" tubing, a 1 /2" push-in by 3 /8" MPT straight adapter and a 1 /4" by 3 /8" FPT nipple. Assemblies connect to Quick isconnect Fittings, Air Strip bulkhead fittings or building supplies. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] TOL TOL1/4 CABF1/4 tool holster tool holster, air surface bracket, air 2 1 /2 [64] 2 1 /2 [64] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 2 1 /2 [64] 3 [1] 6 [3] 6 [3] ELECTRICAL & AIR 8.23 Rev

136 This page left blank 2015 TABLE OF CONTENTS

137 SECTION 9 CABLE MANAGEMENT CABLE MANAGEMENT Cable ucts Cable Ring ucts Cable Trays - Frame Mount Cable Trays - Universal Uniclips & -rings CABLE MANAGEMENT 9.1

138 CABLE UCTS CABLE MANAGEMENT CF24BK CF30BK CC72BK CF48BK CFV72BK FRONT Front SIE Side ESCRIPTION Cable ucts provide vertical and horizontal cable management in workstations. Composed of PVC slotted duct with flush mount duct covers that snap on and off for easy access. Frame-mounted Cable ucts are fastened to painted steel plates. Assemblies mount vertically on the centerline of two inline frames or horizontally on frames with hanger clips. Frame-mounted Cable ucts also fasten vertically on the inside of 80" and 96" high UltraFrames to captivators. One 48" frame mounted Cable uct per side mounts to captivators inside 80" high UltraFrames. One 24" and one 48", two 36" or one 72" Cable uct per side mounts to captivators inside 96" high Ultra Frames. Vertical mount Cable ucts fasten off center of two inline frames with three hanger clips and plates. Top-mount Cable ucts fasten to captivators in top cross members of 80" and 96" high UltraFrames with #10-24 screws. Self mount Cable ucts attach anywhere on frames with pressure sensitive adhesive tape for temporary or permanent mounting. Cable ucts feature 5 /8" scored fingers providing additional access for cable leads. Finish is Black. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES: Self mount and top mount Cable ucts can be cut to size in the field. UL recognized, CSA certified. PVC duct carries a UL flammability rating of 94V-O. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] CF24BK CF30BK CF36BK CF48BK CF60BK CF72BK CFV72BK CS72BK CC72BK frame-mounted frame-mounted frame-mounted frame-mounted frame-mounted frame-mounted vertical mount self mount top mount 72 [1829] 72 [1829] 72 [1829] 72 [1829] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [2] 5 [2] 6 [3] 8 [4] 10 [5] 12 [5] 5 [2] 5 [2] 5 [2] 9.2 Rev CABLE MANAGEMENT

139 CABLE RING UCTS FRONT Front SIE Side CABLE MANAGEMENT ESCRIPTION Cable Ring ucts provide easy access to bulk cable management. Openings on each ring allow for easy access and clearance of cables while the angle of the opening restrains the cables once in place. ucts mount horizontally or vertically to frames on hanger clips. ucts mount vertically on the inside or horizontally on the top of 80" and 96" high UltraFrames to captivators. One 48" Cable Ring uct per side mounts to captivators inside 80" high UltraFrames. One 24" and one 48", two 36" or one 72" Cable Ring uct per side mounts to captivators inside 96" high Ultra Frames. Top captivators accommodate Cable Ring ucts the same width as the respective frames or run of frames. For example, a 48" Cable Ring uct can be mounted across the top of a 48" wide frame or across the top of two adjacent 24" wide frames. Finish is Black Texture. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES: Two vertical Cable Ring ucts can mount adjacently at the juncture of two frames. Special hole patterns allow the ends of perpendicularly mounted Cable Ring ucts and 12 Port ata Chases to stack sharing common frame space. 60" and 72" Cable Ring ucts have a third set of holes near the center of their length allowing for this perpendicular stacking. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] CR24BT CR30BT CR36BT CR48BT CR60BT CR72BT 3 rings 4 rings 5 rings 7 rings 9 rings 11 rings 72 [1829] 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [76] 2 [1] 3 [1] 3 [1] 4 [2] 5 [2] 6 [3] CABLE MANAGEMENT 9.3 Rev

140 CABLE TRAYS - FRAME MOUNT CABLE MANAGEMENT ESCRIPTION Cable Trays provide horizontal cable management in workstations. Trays mount to frames and adjust vertically in 1" increments. Steel trays have 45 angled ends to allow for corner configurations and bottom openings for cable access. FRONT Front SIE Side TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] CTF24 CTF30 CTF36 CTF48 CTF60 CTF72 8 [203] 8 [203] 8 [203] 8 [203] 8 [203] 8 [203] 72 [1829] 2 3 /4 [70] 2 3 /4 [70] 2 3 /4 [70] 2 3 /4 [70] 2 3 /4 [70] 2 3 /4 [70] 5 [2] 6 [3] 8 [4] 10 [5] 12 [5] 14 [6] 9.4 Rev CABLE MANAGEMENT

141 CABLE TRAYS - UNIVERSAL UltraFrame Frame CABLE MANAGEMENT ESCRIPTION Cable Trays provide horizontal storage for electrical cords and communication cabling below Ultra Surfaces and Laminate Corner Shelves. Trays fasten to the bottom of surfaces and can be positioned to the centerline of UltraFrames or mounted flush to the back of surfaces for applications with solid Panels, ErgoStat Riser Frames and Table Bases. Finish is Black Texture. ERGOSTAT ErgoStat TM TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES: Universal Cable Trays can be used together with Surface Back Stops, which are sold separately; see page Cable Trays cannot be mounted flush to the back of Laminate Corner Shelves. Cable Tray Use ith CTUABT 24" frames, 36" Table Bases and ErgoStats, CTUBBT 30" frames CTUCBT 36" frames, 48" Table Bases and ErgoStats CTUBT 48" frames, 60" Table Bases and ErgoStats CTUEBT 60" frames, 72" Table Bases and ErgoStats PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] CTUABT CTUBBT CTUCBT CTUBT CTUEBT 4 3 /4 [121] 4 3 /4 [121] 4 3 /4 [121] 4 3 /4 [121] 4 3 /4 [121] 17 1 /2 [445] 23 1 /2 [597] 29 1 /2 [749] 41 1 /2 [1054] 53 1 /2 [1359] 3 3 /4 [95] 3 3 /4 [95] 3 3 /4 [95] 3 3 /4 [95] 3 3 /4 [95] 4 [2] 5 [2] 6 [3] 8 [4] 10 [5] CABLE MANAGEMENT 9.5 Rev

142 UNICLIPS AN -RINGS CABLE MANAGEMENT UC SIE TOP UCP SIE TOP UC ESCRIPTION Uniclips Uniclips provide for the mounting of -rings and other components containing a 1 3 /4" spaced mounting hole pattern. This hole pattern lines up with EIA units of standard racks. Components with a single mounting hole such as conduit rings can also be mounted. Steel plates are tapped for 1 /4-20 screws and the hole pattern allows for components to be mounted in a variety of locations. Integral clips hang in 1" increments on frames and can be spaced according to user requirements. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES: -rings can also be mounted directly to the EIA units of Rack Modules. -rings -rings mount to Uniclips in several different locations providing vertical or horizontal cable management. Plastic rings can be mounted on the left or right sides of the Uniclips providing vertical cable management on both the left and right sides for double vertical runs of cables. Rings can be mounted on the top or bottom of the Uniclips providing frame-to-frame horizontal cable management on both the top and bottom for double horizontal runs of cables. Interior dimensions of the 1" -ring are 1 1 /4" wide by 2 1 /2" deep and the 2" -ring are 2 1 /2 wide by 2 1 /2 deep. Gap in ring shifts aside for easy access to cables. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] UCPBK UC1BK UC2BK Uniclip, 5 pack 1" -ring, 5 pack 2" -ring, 5 pack 2 5 /8 [67] 2 3 /8 [60] 2 3 /8 [60] 3 1 /2 [89] 3 1 /4 [83] 1 /2 [13] 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 3 [1] 1 /4 [.1] 1 /2 [.2] 9.6 Rev CABLE MANAGEMENT

143 SECTION 10 LAB PROUCTS Base Cabinet ouble rawer ouble oor Single rawer Single oor Single and ouble oor rawers, Sitting eight Mounting Brackets, Suspended Cabinet LAB PROUCTS rawers, Standing eight Bottle rawer Cabinets Sink Base Sink Base all Case Glass and Solid oor Floor Case Floor Case Supports all Strips Cantilever Brackets Lab eight B Supports Lab Legs Adjacent Brackets Lab Reinforcement Bars Phenolic Surfaces Panels and Cabinet Fillers Sloped Top Covers rain Boards Sinks and Faucets Undermount and rop-in Sinks Undermount and rop-in Faucets Eyewash Stations Ball Valves Vertical Utility Chases LAB PROUCTS 10.1

144 MOBILE BASE CABINETS - OUBLE RAER OUBLE OOR LAB PROUCTS FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Cabinets are constructed of welded 18 and 20 gauge steel with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. Cabinets are constructed of welded 18 and 20 gauge steel with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. rawers have full-extension ball bearing, plated drawer slides. oors have 5-knuckle stainless steel institutional type hinges. Sound deadened doors and drawers have "double pan" construction with a bar pull. A removable bottom pan and a single full-depth adjustable shelf is included with each cabinet. Additional shelves are available, consult factory Built to SEFA standards. Available with or without locks. Standard cam lock cores are not are not removable. Mobile units have a solid steel top and back with two front total lock casters and two rear swivel casters. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Base Cabinets can be used in conjunction with UltraFrame, lab legs and support brackets; see pages 2.2, Recessed pulls available; consult factory for ordering information. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCB2930C2BN LUCB2936C2BN LUCB2942C2BN LUCB2948C2BN LUCB3530C2BN LUCB3536C2BN LUCB3542C2BN LUCB3548C2BN LUCB2930C2BL LUCB2936C2BL LUCB2942C2BL LUCB2948C2BL LUCB3530C2BL LUCB3536C2BL LUCB3542C2BL LUCB3548C2BL sitting height, non-locking sitting height, non-locking sitting height, non-locking sitting height, non-locking standing height, non-locking standing height, non-locking standing height, non-locking standing height, non-locking sitting height, locking sitting height, locking sitting height, locking sitting height, locking standing height, locking standing height, locking standing height, locking standing height, locking 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 116 [53] 126 [57] 136 [62] 151 [68] 146 [66] 156 [71] 171 [78] 181 [82] 116 [53] 126 [57] 136 [62] 151 [68] 146 [66] 156 [71] 171 [78] 181 [82] 10.2 Rev LAB PROUCTS

145 STATIONARY BASE CABINETS - OUBLE RAER OUBLE OOR FRONT SIE LAB PROUCTS ESCRIPTION Cabinets are constructed of welded 18 and 20 gauge steel with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. rawers have full-extension ball bearing, plated drawer slides. oors have 5-knuckle stainless steel institutional type hinges. Sound deadened doors and drawers have "double pan" construction with a bar pull. A removable bottom pan and a single full-depth adjustable shelf is included with each cabinet. Additional shelves are available, consult factory. Built to SEFA standards. Available with or without locks. Standard cam lock cores are not removable. Stationary units are open on top, with a removable back panel and include leveling glides. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Base cabinets can be used in conjunction with UltraFrame, lab legs and support brackets; see pages 2.2, Recessed pulls available; consult factory for ordering information. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCB2930G2BN LUCB2936G2BN LUCB2942G2BN LUCB2948G2BN LUCB3530G2BN LUCB3536G2BN LUCB3542G2BN LUCB3548G2BN LUCB2930G2BL LUCB2936G2BL LUCB2942G2BL LUCB2948G2BL LUCB3530G2BL LUCB3536G2BL LUCB3542G2BL LUCB3548G2BL sitting height, non-locking sitting height, non-locking sitting height, non-locking sitting height, non-locking standing height, non-locking standing height, non-locking standing height, non-locking standing height, non-lockingsitting height, locking sitting height, locking sitting height, locking sitting height, locking standing height, locking standing height, locking standing height, locking standing height, locking 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 110 [50] 120 [54] 141 [64] 145 [66] 140 [64] 150 [68] 165 [75] 175 [79] 110 [50] 120 [54] 141 [64] 145 [66] 140 [64] 150 [68] 165 [75] 175 [79] LAB PROUCTS 10.3 Rev

146 MOBILE BASE CABINETS - SINGLE RAER SINGLE OOR LAB PROUCTS FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Cabinets are constructed of welded 18 and 20 gauge steel with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. rawers have full-extension ball bearing, plated drawer slides. oors have 5-knuckle stainless steel institutional type hinges. Sound deadened doors and drawers have "double pan" construction with a bar pull. A removable bottom pan and a single full-depth adjustable shelf is included with each cabinet. Additional shelves are available, consult factory. Built to SEFA standards. Available with or without locks. Standard cam lock cores are not removable. Mobile units have a solid steel top and back with two front total lock casters and two rear swivel casters. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Base cabinets can be used in conjunction with UltraFrame, lab legs and support brackets; see pages 2.2, Recessed pulls available; consult factory for ordering information. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCB2918C1LBN LUCB2918C1RBN LUCB2924C1LBN LUCB2924C1RBN LUCB3518C1LBN LUCB3518C1RBN LUCB3524C1LBN LUCB3524C1RBN LUCB2918C1LBL LUCB2918C1RBL LUCB2924C1LBL LUCB2924C1RBL LUCB3518C1LBL LUCB3518C1RBL LUCB3524C1LBL LUCB3524C1RBL sitting height, left hinged, non-locking sitting height, right hinged, non-locking sitting height, left hinged, non-locking sitting height, right hinged, non-locking standing height, left hinged, non-locking standing height, right hinged, non-locking standing height, left hinged, non-locking standing height, right hinged, non-locking sitting height, left hinged, locking sitting height, right hinged, locking sitting height, left hinged, locking sitting height, right hinged, locking standing height, left hinged, locking standing height, right hinged, locking standing height, left hinged, locking standing height, right hinged, locking 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 86 [39] 86 [39] 96 [44] 96 [44] 101 [46] 101 [46] 111 [50] 111 [50] 86 [39] 86 [39] 96 [44] 96 [44] 101 [46] 101 [46] 111 [50] 111 [50] 10.4 Rev LAB PROUCTS

147 STATIONARY BASE CABINETS - SINGLE RAER SINGLE OOR LAB PROUCTS FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Cabinets are constructed of welded 18 and 20 gauge steel with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. rawers have full-extension ball bearing, plated drawer slides. oors have 5-knuckle stainless steel institutional type hinges. Sound deadened doors and drawers have "double pan" construction with a bar pull. A removable bottom pan and a single full-depth adjustable shelf is included with each cabinet. Additional shelves are available, consult factory. Built to SEFA standards. Available with or without locks. Standard cam lock cores are not removable. Stationary units are open on top, with a removable back panel and include leveling glides. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Base cabinets can be used in conjunction with UltraFrame, lab legs and support brackets; see pages 2.2, Recessed pulls available; consult factory for ordering information. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCB2918G1LBN LUCB2918G1RBN LUCB2924G1LBN LUCB2924G1RBN LUCB3518G1LBN LUCB3518G1RBN LUCB3524G1LBN LUCB3524G1RBN LUCB2918G1LBL LUCB2918G1RBL LUCB2924G1LBL LUCB2924G1RBL LUCB3518G1LBL LUCB3518G1RBL LUCB3524G1LBL LUCB3524G1RBL sitting height, left hinged, non-locking sitting height, right hinged, non-locking sitting height, left hinged, non-locking sitting height, right hinged, non-locking standing height, left hinged, non-locking standing height, right hinged, non-locking standing height, left hinged, non-locking standing height, right hinged, non-locking sitting height, left hinged, locking sitting height, right hinged, locking sitting height, left hinged, locking sitting height, right hinged, locking standing height, left hinged, locking standing height, right hinged, locking standing height, left hinged, locking standing height, right hinged, locking 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 80 [36] 80 [36] 90 [41] 90 [41] 95 [43] 95 [43] 105 [48] 105 [48] 80 [36] 80 [36] 90 [41] 90 [41] 95 [43] 95 [43] 105 [48] 105 [48] LAB PROUCTS 10.5 Rev

148 SUSPENE BASE CABINETS - RAER/OOR LAB PROUCTS LUCB2542S2BN FRONT SIE LUCB2518S1RBL FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Suspended Base Cabinets can be hung from the underside of worksurfaces and 4-Legged Table Cabinet Mounting Brackets. Cabinets are constructed of welded 18 and 20 gauge steel with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. rawers have full-extension ball bearing, plated drawer slides. oors have 5-knuckle stainless steel institutional type hinges. Sound deadened doors and drawers have "double pan" construction with a bar pull. A removable bottom pan and a single full-depth adjustable shelf is included with each cabinet. Additional shelves are available, consult factory. Built to SEFA standards. Available with or without locks. Standard cam lock cores are not removable. Units are open on top and have a solid steel back panel. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCB2518S1LBN LUCB2518S1RBN LUCB2524S1LBN LUCB2524S1RBN LUCB2518S1LBL LUCB2518S1RBL LUCB2524S1LBL LUCB2524S1RBL LUCB2530S2BN LUCB2536S2BN LUCB2542S2BN LUCB2548S2BN LUCB2530S2BL LUCB2536S2BL LUCB2542S2BL LUCB2548S2BL sitting height, left hinged, non-locking sitting height, right hinged, non-locking sitting height, left hinged, non-locking sitting height, right hinged, non-locking sitting height, left hinged, locking sitting height, right hinged, locking sitting height, left hinged, locking sitting height, right hinged, locking sitting height, non-locking sitting height, non-locking sitting height, non-locking sitting height, non-locking sitting height, locking sitting height, locking sitting height, locking sitting height, locking 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Load capacity (includes cabinet and content) cannot exceed 500 lbs. Load capacity of the suspended cabinet does not supercede support component load rating. The suspended component(s) reduces the surface load capacity by an amount equal to the suspended component and its contents. Recessed pulls available; consult factory for ordering information. 4-Legged Table Cabinet Mounting Brackets ordered separately. 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 42 [1067] 48 [1220] 42 [1067] 48 [1220] 86 [39] 86 [39] 111 [50] 111 [50] 96 [44] 96 [44] 101 [46] 101 [46] 110 [50] 120 [54] 141 [64] 151 [78] 110 [50] 120 [54] 141 [64] 151 [78] 10.6 Rev LAB PROUCTS

149 MOBILE BASE CABINETS - SINGLE OOR LAB PROUCTS FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Cabinets are constructed of welded 18 and 20 gauge steel with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. oors have 5-knuckle stainless steel institutional type hinges. Sound deadened doors have "double pan" construction with a bar pull. A removable bottom pan and a single full-depth adjustable shelf is included with each cabinet. Additional shelves are available, consult factory. Built to SEFA standards. Available with or without locks. Standard cam lock cores are not removable. Mobile units have a solid steel top and back with two front total lock casters and two rear swivel casters. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Base cabinets can be used in conjunction with UltraFrame, lab legs and support brackets; see pages 2.2, Recessed pulls available; consult factory for ordering information. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCB2918C0LBN LUCB2918C0RBN LUCB2924C0LBN LUCB2924C0RBN LUCB3518C0LBN LUCB3518C0RBN LUCB3524C0LBN LUCB3524C0RBN LUCB2918C0LBL LUCB2918C0RBL LUCB2924C0LBL LUCB2924C0RBL LUCB3518C0LBL LUCB3518C0RBL LUCB3524C0LBL LUCB3524C0RBL sitting height, left hinged, non-locking sitting height, right hinged, non-locking sitting height, left hinged, non-locking sitting height, right hinged, non-locking standing height, left hinged, non-locking standing height, right hinged, non-locking standing height, left hinged, non-locking standing height, right hinged, non-locking sitting height, left hinged, locking sitting height, right hinged, locking sitting height, left hinged, locking sitting height, right hinged, locking standing height, left hinged, locking standing height, right hinged, locking standing height, left hinged, locking standing height, right hinged, locking 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 81 [37] 81 [37] 91 [41] 91 [41] 91 [41] 91 [41] 101 [46] 101 [46] 81 [37] 81 [37] 91 [41] 91 [41] 91 [41] 91 [41] 101 [46] 101 [46] Rev LAB PROUCTS 10.7 Rev

150 STATIONARY BASE CABINETS - SINGLE OOR LAB PROUCTS FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Cabinets are constructed of welded 18 and 20 gauge steel with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. oors have 5-knuckle stainless steel institutional type hinges. Sound deadened doors have "double pan" construction with a bar pull. A removable bottom pan and a single full-depth adjustable shelf is included with each cabinet. Additional shelves are available, consult factory. Built to SEFA standards. Available with or without locks. Standard cam lock cores are not removable. Stationary units are open on top, with a removable back panel and include leveling glides. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Base cabinets can be used in conjunction with UltraFrame, lab legs and support brackets; see pages 2.2, Recessed pulls available; consult factory for ordering information. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCB2918G0LBN LUCB2918G0RBN LUCB2924G0LBN LUCB2924G0RBN LUCB3518G0LBN LUCB3518G0RBN LUCB3524G0LBN LUCB3524G0RBN LUCB2918G0LBL LUCB2918G0RBL LUCB2924G0LBL LUCB2924G0RBL LUCB3518G0LBL LUCB3518G0RBL LUCB3524G0LBL LUCB3524G0RBL sitting height, left hinged, non-locking sitting height, right hinged, non-locking sitting height, left hinged, non-locking sitting height, right hinged, non-locking standing height, left hinged, non-locking standing height, right hinged, non-locking standing height, left hinged, non-locking standing height, right hinged, non-locking sitting height, left hinged, locking sitting height, right hinged, locking sitting height, left hinged, locking sitting height, right hinged, locking standing height, left hinged, locking standing height, right hinged, locking standing height, left hinged, locking standing height, right hinged, locking 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 75 [34] 75 [34] 85 [39] 85 [39] 85 [39] 85 [39] 95 [43] 95 [43] 75 [34] 75 [34] 85 [39] 85 [39] 85 [39] 85 [39] 95 [43] 95 [43] 10.8 Rev LAB PROUCTS Rev

151 MOBILE BASE CABINETS - OUBLE OOR FRONT SIE LAB PROUCTS ESCRIPTION Cabinets are constructed of welded 18 and 20 gauge steel with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. oors have 5-knuckle stainless steel institutional type hinges. Sound deadened doors have "double pan" construction with a bar pull. A removable bottom pan and a single full-depth adjustable shelf is included with each cabinet. Additional shelves are available, consult factory. Built to SEFA standards. Available with or without locks. Standard cam lock cores are not removable. Mobile units have a solid steel top and back with two front total lock casters and two rear swivel casters. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Base cabinets can be used in conjunction with UltraFrame, lab legs and support brackets; see pages 2.2, Recessed pulls available; consult factory for ordering information. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCB2930C0BN LUCB2936C0BN LUCB2942C0BN LUCB2948C0BN LUCB3530C0BN LUCB3536C0BN LUCB3542C0BN LUCB3548C0BN LUCB2930C0BL LUCB2936C0BL LUCB2942C0BL LUCB2948C0BL LUCB3530C0BL LUCB3536C0BL LUCB3542C0BL LUCB3548C0BL sitting height, non-locking sitting height, non-locking sitting height, non-locking sitting height, non-locking standing height, non-locking standing height, non-locking standing height, non-locking standing height, non-locking sitting height, locking sitting height, locking sitting height, locking sitting height, locking standing height, locking standing height, locking standing height, locking standing height, locking 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 111 [50] 121 [55] 131 [59] 141 [64] 131 [59] 136 [62] 156 [71] 161 [73] 111 [50] 121 [55] 131 [59] 141 [64] 131 [59] 136 [62] 156 [71] 161 [73] Rev LAB PROUCTS 10.9 Rev

152 STATIONARY BASE CABINETS - OUBLE OOR LAB PROUCTS FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Cabinets are constructed of welded 18 and 20 gauge steel with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. oors have 5-knuckle stainless steel institutional type hinges. Sound deadened doors have "double pan" construction with a bar pull. A removable bottom pan and a single full-depth adjustable shelf is included with each cabinet. Additional shelves are available, consult factory. Built to SEFA standards. Available with or without locks. Standard cam lock cores are not removable. Stationary units are open on top, with a removable back panel and include leveling glides. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Base cabinets can be used in conjunction with UltraFrame, lab legs and support brackets; see pages 2.2, Recessed pulls available; consult factory for ordering information. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCB2930G0BN LUCB2936G0BN LUCB2942G0BN LUCB2948G0BN LUCB3530G0BN LUCB3536G0BN LUCB3542G0BN LUCB3548G0BN LUCB2930G0BL LUCB2936G0BL LUCB2942G0BL LUCB2948G0BL LUCB3530G0BL LUCB3536G0BL LUCB3542G0BL LUCB3548G0BL sitting height, non-locking sitting height, non-locking sitting height, non-locking sitting height, non-locking standing height, non-locking standing height, non-locking standing height, non-locking standing height, non-locking sitting height, locking sitting height, locking sitting height, locking sitting height, locking standing height, locking standing height, locking standing height, locking standing height, locking 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 105 [48] 115 [52] 125 [57] 135 [61] 125 [57] 130 [59] 150 [68] 155 [70] 105 [48] 115 [52] 125 [57] 135 [61] 125 [57] 130 [59] 150 [68] 155 [70] Rev LAB PROUCTS Rev

153 SUSPENE BASE CABINETS - SINGLE AN OUBLE OOR LUCB2542S0BN LUCB2518S0RBL FRONT FRONT SIE SIE LAB PROUCTS ESCRIPTION Suspended Base Cabinets can be hung from the underside of worksurfaces and 4-Legged Table Cabinet Mounting Brackets. Cabinets are constructed of welded 18 and 20 gauge steel with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. rawers have full-extension ball bearing, plated drawer slides. oors have 5-knuckle stainless steel institutional type hinges. Sound deadened doors and drawers have "double pan" construction with a bar pull. A removable bottom pan and a single full-depth adjustable shelf is included with each cabinet. Additional shelves are available, consult factory. Built to SEFA standards. Available with or without locks. Standard cam lock cores are not removable. Units are open on top and have a solid back panel. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCB2518S0LBN LUCB2518S0RBN LUCB2524S0LBN LUCB2524S0RBN LUCB2518S0LBL LUCB2518S0RBL LUCB2524S0LBL LUCB2524S0RBL LUCB2530S0BN LUCB2536S0BN LUCB2542S0BN LUCB2548S0BN LUCB2530S0BL LUCB2536S0BL LUCB2542S0BL LUCB2548S0BL sitting height, left hinged, non-locking sitting height, right hinged, non-locking sitting height, left hinged, non-locking sitting height, right hinged, non-locking sitting height, left hinged, locking sitting height, right hinged, locking sitting height, left hinged, locking sitting height, right hinged, locking sitting height, double door, non-locking sitting height, double door, non-locking sitting height, double door, non-locking sitting height, double door, non-locking sitting height, double door, locking sitting height, double door, locking sitting height, double door, locking sitting height, double door, locking 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Load capacity (includes cabinet and content) cannot exceed 500 lbs. Load capacity of the suspended cabinet does not supercede support component load rating. Suspended component(s) reduce the surface load capacity by an amount equal to the suspended component and its contents. Recessed pulls available; consult factory for ordering information. 4-Legged Table Cabinet Mounting Brackets ordered separately. 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 42 [1067] 42 [1067] 86 [39] 86 [39] 101 [46] 101 [46] 86 [39] 86 [39] 101 [46] 101 [46] 111 [50] 121 [55] 131 [59] 141 [64] 131 [59] 136 [62] 156 [71] 161 [73] LAB PROUCTS Rev

154 STATIONARY BASE CABINETS - OPEN UNIT LAB PROUCTS FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Cabinets are constructed of welded 18 and 20 gauge steel with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. Built to SEFA standards. A removable bottom pan and a single full-depth adjustable shelf is included with each cabinet. Additional shelves are available, consult factory. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Base cabinets can be used in conjunction with UltraFrame, lab legs and support brackets; see pages 2.2, Open unit is only available with glides. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCB2918G0000 LUCB2924G0000 LUCB2930G0000 LUCB2936G0000 LUCB2942G0000 LUCB2948G0000 LUCB3518G0000 LUCB3524G0000 LUCB3530G0000 LUCB3536G0000 LUCB3542G0000 LUCB3548G0000 sitting height, open, single shelf sitting height, open, single shelf sitting height, open, single shelf sitting height, open, single shelf sitting height, open, single shelf sitting height, open, single shelf standing height, open, single shelf standing height, open, single shelf standing height, open, single shelf standing height, open, single shelf standing height, open, single shelf standing height, open, single shelf 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 18 [457] 42 [1067] 18 [457] 42 [1067] 65 [29] 75 [34] 90 [41] 100 [45] 105 [48] 115 [52] 75 [34] 80 [36] 110 [50] 110 [50] 115 [52] 125 [57] Rev LAB PROUCTS

155 BASE CABINETS - SITTING EIGT OUBLE RAER LUCBxxyyC LAB PROUCTS LUCBxxyyG ESCRIPTION Cabinets are constructed of welded 18 and 20 gauge steel with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. rawers have full-extension ball bearing, plated drawer slides. Sound deadened drawers have "double pan" construction with a bar pull. Built to SEFA standards. Available with or without locks. Standard cam lock cores are not removable. Mobile units have a solid steel top and back with two front total lock casters and two rear swivel casters. Stationary units are open on top, contain a removable back panel and include leveling glides. FRONT SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Base cabinets can be used in conjunction with UltraFrame, lab legs and support brackets; see pages 2.2, ouble drawer unit is only available in sitting height (29" high). Recessed pulls available; consult factory for ordering information. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCB2918G20BN LUCB2924G20BN LUCB2918G20BL LUCB2924G20BL LUCB2918C20BN LUCB2924C20BN LUCB2918C20BL LUCB2924C20BL sitting height, glides, non-locking sitting height, glides, non-locking sitting height, glides, locking sitting height, glides, locking sitting height, casters, non-locking sitting height, casters, non-locking sitting height, casters, locking sitting height, casters, locking 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 95 [43] 105 [48] 95 [43] 105 [48] 101 [46] 111 [50] 101 [46] 111 [50] LAB PROUCTS Rev

156 BASE CABINETS - SITTING EIGT TREE RAER LAB PROUCTS LUCBxxyyC LUCBxxyyG ESCRIPTION Cabinets are constructed of welded 18 and 20 gauge steel with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. rawers have full-extension ball bearing, plated drawer slides. Sound deadened drawers have "double pan" construction with a bar pull. Built to SEFA standards. Available with or without locks. Standard cam lock core are not removable. Mobile units have a solid steel top and back with two front total lock casters and two rear swivel casters. Stationary units are open on top, contain a removable back panel and include leveling glides. FRONT SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Base cabinets can be used in conjunction with UltraFrame, lab legs and support brackets; see pages 2.2, Recessed pulls available; consult factory for ordering information. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCB2918G30BN LUCB2924G30BN LUCB2918G30BL LUCB2924G30BL LUCB2918C30BN LUCB2924C30BN LUCB2918C30BL LUCB2924C30BL Non-locking, glides Non-locking, glides Locking, glides Locking, glides Non-locking, casters Non-locking, casters Locking, casters Locking, casters 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 95 [43] 110 [50] 95 [43] 110 [50] 101 [46] 116 [52] 101 [46] 116 [53] Rev LAB PROUCTS

157 SUSPENE BASE CABINETS - SITTING EIGT RAERS LUCB2518S30 LUCB2518S20 FRONT SIE LAB PROUCTS FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Suspended Base Cabinets can be hung from the underside of surfaces and 4-Legged Table Cabinet Mounting Brackets. Cabinets are constructed of welded 18 and 20 gauge steel with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. rawers have full-extension ball bearing, plated drawer slides. Sound deadened drawers have "double pan" construction with a bar pull. Built to SEFA standards. Available with or without locks. Standard cam lock cores are not removable. Units are open on top and have a solid steel back panel. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Load capacity (includes cabinet and content) cannot exceed 500 lbs. Load capacity of the suspended cabinet does not supercede support component load rating. The suspended component(s) reduces the surface load capacity by an amount equal to the suspended component and its contents. Recessed pulls available; consult factory for ordering information. 4-Legged Table Cabinet Mounting Brackets ordered separately. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCB2518S30BN LUCB2524S30BN LUCB2518S30BL LUCB2524S30BL LUCB2518S20BN LUCB2524S20BN LUCB2518S20BL LUCB2524S20BL sitting height, 3-drawer, non-locking sitting height, 3-drawer, non-locking sitting height, 3-drawer, locking sitting height, 3-drawer, locking sitting height, 2-drawer, non-locking sitting height, 2-drawer, non-locking sitting height, 2-drawer, locking sitting height, 2-drawer, locking 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 81 [37] 91 [41] 81 [37] 91 [41] 81 [37] 91 [41] 81 [37] 91 [41] LAB PROUCTS Rev

158 4-LEGGE TABLE CABINET MOUNTING BRACKETS LAB PROUCTS FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION 4-Legged Table Cabinet Mounting Brackets allow suspended Base Cabinets to be mounted to a work surface on the 4-Legged Table. 4-Legged Table, ork Surface, Cabinet and Mounting Brackets must be ordered individually. Mounting Brackets are used with 25" high Base Cabinets which vary in width from inches. Color is Standard hite. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES: Load capacity (includes cabinet and content) cannot exceed 500 lbs. Load capacity of the suspended cabinet does not supercede support component load rating. The suspended component(s) reduces the surface load capacity by an amount equal to the suspended component and its contents. Recessed pulls available; consult factory for ordering information. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCB4MBS 2 3 /8 [60] 16 1 /2 [419] 5 [1] Rev Rev LAB PROUCTS

159 BASE CABINETS - STANING EIGT TREE RAER LUCBxxyyC LAB PROUCTS LUCBxxyyG ESCRIPTION Cabinets are constructed of welded 18 and 20 gauge steel with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. rawers have full-extension ball bearing, plated drawer slides. Sound deadened drawers have "double pan" construction with a bar pull. Built to SEFA standards. Available with or without locks. Standard cam lock cores are not removable. Mobile units have a solid steel top and back with two front total lock casters and two rear swivel casters. Stationary units are open on top, contain a removable back panel and include leveling glides. FRONT SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Base cabinets can be used in conjunction with UltraFrame, lab legs and support brackets; see pages 2.2, Recessed pulls available; consult factory for ordering information. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCB3518G30BN LUCB3524G30BN LUCB3518G30BL LUCB3524G30BL LUCB3518C30BN LUCB3524C30BN LUCB3518C30BL LUCB3524C30BL non-locking, glides non-locking, glides locking, glides locking, glides non-locking, casters non-locking, casters locking, casters locking, casters 35 [737] 35 [737] 35 [737] 35 [737] 35 [737] 35 [737] 35 [737] 35 [737] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 110 [50] 125 [57] 110 [50] 125 [57] 116 [53] 101 [46] 116 [53] 101 [46] LAB PROUCTS Rev

160 BASE CABINETS - STANING EIGT FOUR RAER LAB PROUCTS LUCBxxyyC LUCBxxyyG ESCRIPTION Cabinets are constructed of welded 18 and 20 gauge steel with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. rawers have full-extension ball bearing, plated drawer slides. Sound deadened drawers have "double pan" construction with a bar pull. Built to SEFA standards. Available with or without locks. Standard cam lock cores are not removable. Mobile units have a solid steel top and back with two front total lock casters and two rear swivel casters. Stationary units are open on top, contain a removable back panel and include leveling glides. FRONT SIE TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Base cabinets can be used in conjunction with UltraFrame, lab legs and support brackets; see pages 2.2, Four drawer unit is only available in sitting height (35" high). Recessed pulls available; consult factory for ordering information. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCB3518G40BN LUCB3524G40BN LUCB3518G40BL LUCB3524G40BL LUCB3518C40BN LUCB3524C40BN LUCB3518C40BL LUCB3524C40BL non-locking, glides non-locking, glides locking, glides locking, glides non-locking, casters non-locking, casters locking, casters locking, casters 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 18 [457] 115 [52] 130 [59] 115 [52] 130 [59] 121 [55] 136 [62] 121 [55] 136 [62] Rev LAB PROUCTS Re

161 BOTTLE RAER CABINETS LAB PROUCTS LUCP3524GA4B0 LUCP2524SA1B1 FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Cabinets are constructed of welded 18 and 20 gauge steel with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. rawers have full-extension ball bearing, plated drawer slides. Built to SEFA standards. Suspended bottle drawers can be hung from the underside of worksurfaces and 4-Legged Tables. rawer wrappers, binning strips and 3 drawer dividers provided with each drawer. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Load capacity is 50 lbs. per drawer. The suspended component(s) reduces the surface load capacity by an amount equal to the suspended component and its contents. Recessed pulls available; consult factory for ordering information. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCP2524SA0B2 LUCP2524SA1B1 LUCP2524SA3B0 LUCP2924GA0B2 LUCP2924GA1B1 LUCP2924GA3B0 LUCP3524GA0B2 LUCP3524GA1B2 LUCP3524GA2B1 LUCP3524GA4B0 bottle drawer, suspended bottle drawer, suspended bottle drawer, suspended bottle drawer, glides bottle drawer, glides bottle drawer, glides bottle drawer, glides bottle drawer, glides bottle drawer, glides bottle drawer, glides 25 [635] 25 [635] 25 [635] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 107 [49] 105 [47] 117 [53] 110 [50] 108 [49] 120 [54] 115 [52] 130 [59] 128 [58] 140 [64] LAB PROUCTS v Rev

162 SINK BASES LAB PROUCTS FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Sink base cabinets have welded 18 and 20 gauge steel construction with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint. rawers have full-extension, ball bearing, plated drawer slides. Built to SEFA standards. Sound deadened drawers have "double pan" construction with a bar pull. oors have 5-knuckle stainless steel institutional type hinges. Features a removable bottom pan as well as open upper back for access to plumbing. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Sink Bases can be used in conjunction with UltraFrame, lab legs and support brackets; see pages 2.2, Recessed pulls available. Consult factory for ordering information. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCS3518LBN single door, non-locking 35 [889] 18 [457] 75 [34] LUCS3518RBN single door, non-locking 35 [889] 18 [457] 75 [34] LUCS3524LBN single door, non-locking 35 [889] 85 [39] LUCS3524RBN single door, non-locking 35 [889] 85 [39] LUCS3530BN double door, non-locking 35 [889] 105 [48] LUCS3536BN double door, non-locking 35 [889] 105 [48] LUCS3542BN double door, non-locking 35 [889] 42 [1067] 120 [54] LUCS3548BN double door, non-locking 35 [889] 125 [57] LUCS3552BN double door, non-locking 35 [889] 52 [1321] 135 [61] LUCS3558BN double door, non-locking 35 [889] 58 [1473] 140 [64] LUCS3518LBL single door, locking 35 [889] 18 [457] 75 [34] LUCS3518RBL single door, locking 35 [889] 18 [457] 75 [34] LUCS3524LBL single door, locking 35 [889] 85 [39] LUCS3524RBL single door, locking 35 [889] 85 [39] LUCS3530BL double door, locking 35 [889] 105 [48] LUCS3536BL double door, locking 35 [889] 105 [48] LUCS3542BL double door, locking 35 [889] 42 [1067] 120 [54] LUCS3548BL double door, locking 35 [889] 125 [57] LUCS3552BL double door, locking 35 [889] 52 [1321] 135 [61] LUCS3558BL double door, locking 35 [889] 58 [1473] 140 [64] Rev LAB PROUCTS Rev Rev

163 ALL CASES - GLASS OORS FRONT SIE LAB PROUCTS ESCRIPTION Cabinets have welded 18 and 20 gauge steel construction with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. Single or double glass doors are available with or without locks. A single full depth adjustable shelf is included with each 24" high cabinet and two shelves are included with each 30" high cabinet. Built to SEFA standards. Sound deadened drawers have "double pan" construction with a bar pull. oors have 5-knuckle stainless steel institutional type hinges. All standard wall cases are 13" deep. all cases include the necessary hardware for mounting to either UltraFrames, all Strips or directly to a wall. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Additional shelves, 16" cabinet depth and recessed pulls available; consult factory. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUC2424GLBN LUC2424GRBN LUC2430GBN LUC2436GBN LUC2448GBN LUC3024GLBN LUC3024GRBN LUC3030GBN LUC3036GBN LUC3048GBN LUC2424GLBL LUC2424GRBL LUC2430GBL LUC2436GBL LUC2448GBL LUC3024GLBL LUC3024GRBL LUC3030GBL LUC3036GBL LUC3048GBL left hinged, single door, non-locking right hinged, single door, non-locking double door, non-locking double door, non-locking double door, non-locking left hinged, single door, non-locking right hinged, single door, non-locking double door, non-locking double door, non-locking double door, non-locking left hinged, single door, locking right hinged, single door, locking double door, locking double door, locking double door, locking left hinged, single door, locking right hinged, single door, locking double door, locking double door, locking double door, locking 31 [762] 31 [762] 31 [762] 31 [762] 31 [762] 31 [762] 31 [762] 31 [762] 31 [762] 31 [762] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 55 [25] 55 [25] 70 [32] 80 [36] 100 [45] 70 [32] 70 [32] 85 [39] 95 [43] 125 [57] 55 [25] 55 [25] 70 [32] 80 [36] 100 [45] 70 [32] 70 [32] 85 [39] 95 [43] 125 [57] LAB PROUCTS Rev

164 ALL CASES - SOLI OORS LAB PROUCTS FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Cabinets have welded 18 and 20 gauge steel construction with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. Single or double glass doors are available with or without locks. A single full depth adjustable shelf is included with each 24" high cabinet and two shelves are included with each 30" high cabinet. Built to SEFA standards. Sound deadened drawers have "double pan" construction with a bar pull. oors have 5-knuckle stainless steel institutional type hinges. All standard wall cases are 13" deep. all cases include the necessary hardware for mounting to either UltraFrames, all Strips or directly to a wall. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Additional shelves, 16" cabinet depth and recessed pulls available; consult factory Rev PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUC2424SLBN LUC2424SRBN LUC2430SBN LUC2436SBN LUC2448SBN LUC3024SLBN LUC3024SRBN LUC3030SBN LUC3036SBN LUC3048SBN LUC2424SLBL LUC2424SRBL LUC2430SBL LUC2436SBL LUC2448SBL LUC3024SLBL LUC3024SRBL LUC3030SBL LUC3036SBL LUC3048SBL LAB PROUCTS left hinged, single door, non-locking right hinged, single door, non-locking double door, non-locking double door, non-locking double door, non-locking left hinged, single door, non-locking right hinged, single door, non-locking double door, non-locking double door, non-locking double door, non-locking left hinged, single door, locking right hinged, single door, locking double door, locking double door, locking double door, locking left hinged, single door, locking right hinged, single door, locking double door, locking double door, locking double door, locking 31 [762] 31 [762] 31 [762] 31 [762] 31 [762] 31 [762] 31 [762] 31 [762] 31 [762] 31 [762] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 55 [25] 55 [25] 70 [32] 80 [36] 100 [45] 70 [32] 70 [32] 85 [39] 95 [43] 125 [57] 55 [25] 55 [25] 70 [32] 80 [36] 100 [45] 70 [32] 70 [32] 85 [39] 95 [43] 125 [57] Re Rev

165 FLOOR CASES LAB PROUCTS LUCFxxyyG LUCFxxyyS FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Cabinets have welded 18 and 20 gauge steel construction with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. Solid or glass double doors are available with or without locks. Five full depth adjustable shelf is included with each floor case. Built to SEFA standards. Sound deadened drawers have "double pan" construction with a bar pull. oors have 5-knuckle stainless steel institutional type hinges. All standard floor cases are 16" deep. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Floor cases are free-standing and not intended to attach to a frame. Floor cases must be secured to a wall or otherwise supported vertically. Leveling glides included for stability adjustment. Standard depth is 16", consult factory for pricing on 21¼" deep floor cases. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCF1636SBN LUCF1636GBN LUCF1648SBN LUCF1648GBN LUCF1636SBL LUCF1636GBL LUCF1648SBL LUCF1648GBL double solid door, non-locking double glass door, non-locking double solid door, non-locking double glass door, non-locking double solid door, locking double glass door, locking double solid door, locking double glass door, locking 84 [2134] 84 [2134] 84 [2134] 84 [2134] 84 [2134] 84 [2134] 84 [2134] 84 [2134] 16 [406] 16 [406] 16 [406] 16 [406] 16 [406] 16 [406] 16 [406] 16 [406] 300 [136] 305 [138] 380 [172] 390 [177] 300 [136] 305 [138] 380 [172] 390 [177] v LAB PROUCTS Rev

166 ALL STRIPS LAB PROUCTS TOP FRONT ESCRIPTION The wall strip attaches with wall fasteners to a structural wall to support hanging components. Two wall strips are required to hang a component. The 60" wall strip requires 8 fasteners; the 72" wall strip requires 9 fasteners; and the 84" wall strip requires 11 fasteners. The wall strip is sold individually, not in pairs. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES: all fasteners not included; consult factory. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] S60BK S72BK S84BK 72 [1829] 84 [2134] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] Rev /4 [20] 3 /4 [20] 3 /4 [20] 3 [1] 3 [1] 3 [1] Rev LAB PROUCTS Rev

167 CANTILEVER BRACKETS TOP LAB PROUCTS SIE ESCRIPTION Lab Cantilever Brackets provide manual height adjustable support for 24" and 30" deep work surfaces mounted to UltraFrames supported by Lab Legs. Cantilevers also provide mid support for surfaces wider than 60". TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Use 24" cantilevers with 24" and 30" deep surfaces. 36" deep surfaces should be supported with Lab Legs and Adjacent Brackets; see pages " and 96" wide frame-mounted surfaces must be supported in the center by Lab Cantilever Brackets. Specify one 18" cantilever per 24" and 30" deep surface and one 24" cantilever per 36" deep surface. Cantilever brackets cannot be used with Lab Reinforcement Bars. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUSCL18 LUSCR18 LUSCL24 LUSCR24 left right left right 8 1 /2 [216] 8 1 /2 [216] 10 1 /2 [267] 10 1 /2 [267] /4 [464] 18 1 /4 [464] 24 1 /4 [616] 24 1 /4 [616] 4 [2] 4 [2] 5 [2] 5 [2] 0 LAB PROUCTS Rev

168 LAB EIGT B SUPPORTS LAB PROUCTS LUSB LUSBE LUSB LUSBE FRONT SIE SIE ESCRIPTION Brackets provide manual height adjustable support for Ultra or ork Surfaces mounted to C Leg Supports. eight range is 26 1 /8" to 36 1 /8" for CLM and 31 1 /8" to 41 1 /8" for CLT. Lab eight B Supports allow for surface height alignment with Lab Leg mounted surfaces and provide clearance for Base Cabinets at the nominal 29" and 35" bracket heights. Extended brackets are for use with 36" deep surfaces, while the18 5 /8" deep brackets are for use with 24" and 30" deep surfaces. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth NOTES: 72" and 96" frame-mounted surfaces must be supported in the center by Lab Cantilever Brackets. Specify one 18" cantilever per 24" and 30" deep surface and one 24" cantilever per 36" deep surface Rev PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUSBL10 LUSBR10 LUSBEL10 LUSBER10 left right left, extended right, extended LAB PROUCTS 12 1 /2 [317] 12 1 /2 [317] 12 1 /2 [317] 12 1 /2 [317] 2 1 /4 [57] 2 1 /4 [57] 2 1 /4 [57] 2 1 /4 [57] 18 5 /8 [451] 18 5 /8 [451] 18 5 /8 [451] 18 5 /8 [451] 12 1 /2 [6] 12 1 /2 [6] 16 1 /2 [8] 16 1 /2 [8] Rev. 09. Re

169 LAB LEGS LAB PROUCTS LULLxxyyC LULLxxyyG ESCRIPTION Lab Legs provide standing support for UltraFrames. Legs bolt to connection points on both the front and back sides of UltraFrames and Connector Posts (80" high max). Legs are each equipped with a leveling glide. Lab Legs with Casters also include a 4" diameter polypropylene caster with totalock brake (simultaneously locks swivel and wheel) and can only be attached to UltraFrames with Casters. Lab legs with Glides bolt to UltraFrames with Glides or Connector Posts. Lab Legs cannot be used to support 96" high UltraFrames. Surfaces can be mounted directly to the top of Lab Legs mounted inboard of the frame. Outboard mounted Lab Legs require Adjacent Brackets to support the surface. SIE FRONT TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: The nominal Lab Leg depth must match the nominal surface depth. Adjacent Brackets sold seperately; see page PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LULL2924C LULL2924G LULL2930C LULL2930G LULL2936C LULL2936G LULL3524C LULL3524G LULL3530C LULL3530G LULL3536C LULL3536G caster glide caster glide caster glide caster glide caster glide caster glide 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 29 [737] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 23 3 /4 [603] 23 3 /4 [603] 29 3 /4 [756] 29 3 /4 [756] 35 3 /4 [908] 35 3 /4 [908] 23 3 /4 [603] 23 3 /4 [603] 29 3 /4 [756] 29 3 /4 [756] 35 3 /4 [908] 35 3 /4 [908] 13 [6] 13 [6] 14 [6] 14 [6] 15 [7] 15 [7] 14 [6] 14 [6] 15 [7] 15 [7] 16 [7] 16 [7] v LAB PROUCTS Rev Rev

170 AJACENT BRACKETS LAB PROUCTS FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Adjacent Brackets provide fixed height support for work surfaces mounted to Lab Legs outboard of the UltraFrame. Brackets can be used in conjunction with Lab Leg Panels and Lab Reinforcement Bars. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Order nominal bracket depth to match surface depth. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUSA24 LUSA30 LUSA /2 [546] 27 1 /2 [699] 33 1 /2 [851] 2 [1] 3 [1] 3 [1] Rev LAB PROUCTS Rev Re

171 SURFACE REINFORCEMENT BARS TOP FRONT LAB PROUCTS ESCRIPTION Lab Reinforcement Bars provide horizontal support under work surfaces for increased rigidity. Bars are sold in pairs and mount at the front and 20" behind the front of Lab Legs. Bars adjust over a 6" range to accomodate inboard and outboard Lab Legs and Adjacent Bracket clearance. Finish is Black. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES: Lab Reinforcement Bars cannot be used with Lab Cantilever Brackets. Rev PROUCT IMENSIONS LUSR48BK LUSR60BK LUSR72BK Rev Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] surface reinforcement bar, pair surface reinforcement bar, pair surface reinforcement bar, pair 43 1 / /2 [ ] 55 1 / /2 [ ] 67 1 / /2 [ ] 15 [7] 18 [8] 21 [9] v LAB PROUCTS Rev Rev

172 PENOLIC LAB TOPS LAB PROUCTS ESCRIPTION 1" high solid phenolic resin tops are full width and depth and can be mounted to Base Cabinets and/or surface supports. Tops have smooth 1/8" radius corners and edges. Surfaces are not predrilled, but do include a drip groove inset from the front edge of the surface. Phenolic resin material is specifically manufactured for highly corrosive environments and provides exceptional chemical and wear resistance. Contact the factory for detailed chemical resistance testing data. Load capacity 300 lbs. evenly distributed when supported every five feet. Finish is Black. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES: Mounting hardware is not included; recommended attaching method is silicone adhesive. Rev PROUCT IMENSIONS LUTP2424BK LUTP2430BK LUTP2436BK LUTP2448BK LUTP2460BK LUTP2472BK LUTP2496BK LUTP24120BK LUTP3024BK LUTP3030BK LUTP3036BK LUTP3048BK LUTP3060BK LUTP3072BK LUTP3096BK LUTP30120BK LUTP3624BK LUTP3630BK LUTP3636BK LUTP3648BK LUTP3660BK LUTP3672BK LUTP3696BK LUTP36120BK Rev Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 36 [614] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 120 [3048] 36 [614] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 120 [3048] 36 [614] 72 [1829] 96 [2438] 120 [3048] 29 [13.1] 36 [16.3] 43 [19.6] 58 [26.1] 72 [13.1] 86 [13.1] 115 [13.1] 144 [13.1] 36 [16.3] 45 [20.4] 54 [24.5] 72 [32.7] 90 [40.8] 108 [49] 144 [65.3] 180 [81.6] 43 [19.6] 54 [24.5] 65 [29.4] 86 [39.2] 108 [49] 130 [58.8] 173 [78.4] 216 [98] Rev LAB PROUCTS Rev Re

173 LAB LEG PANELS CASTER FRONT SIE LAB PROUCTS LULPxxyyCR LULPxxyyGR GLIE FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Metal Lab Leg Panels finish the side faces of Lab Leg. Lab Leg Panels attach through holes in the Lab Legs with PEM studs and connector nuts. Lab Leg Panels for Lab Legs with Casters have clearance at the bottom for caster swivel radius. Panels can be used in conjunction with Adjacent Brackets and Reinforcement Bars. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LULP2924CL LULP2924CR LULP2924GL LULP2924GR LULP2930CL LULP2930CR LULP2930GL LULP2930GR LULP2936CL LULP2936CR LULP2936GL LULP2936GR LULP3524CL LULP3524CR LULP3524GL LULP3524GR LULP3530CL LULP3530CR LULP3530GL LULP3530GR LULP3536CL LULP3536CR LULP3536GL LULP3536GR caster, left caster, right glide, left glide, right caster, left caster, right glide, left glide, right caster, left caster, right glide, left glide, right caster, left caster, right glide, left glide, right caster, left caster, right glide, left glide, right caster, left caster, right glide, left glide, right 23 3 /4 [603] 23 3 /4 [603] 28 [711] 28 [711] 23 3 /4 [603] 23 3 /4 [603] 28 [711] 28 [711] 23 3 /4 [603] 23 3 /4 [603] 28 [711] 28 [711] 29 3 /4 [756] 29 3 /4 [756] 34 [864] 34 [864] 29 3 /4 [756] 29 3 /4 [756] 34 [864] 34 [864] 29 3 /4 [756] 29 3 /4 [756] 34 [864] 34 [864] TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: Lab Leg Panels must be ordered with the same nominal height, depth and glide/caster style as the Lab Leg it will mount on. 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 1 1 /2 [38] 23 3 /4 [603] 23 3 /4 [603] 23 3 /4 [603] 23 3 /4 [603] 29 3 /4 [756] 29 3 /4 [756] 29 3 /4 [756] 29 3 /4 [756] 35 3 /4 [908] 35 3 /4 [908] 35 3 /4 [908] 35 3 /4 [908] 23 3 /4 [603] 23 3 /4 [603] 23 3 /4 [603] 23 3 /4 [603] 29 3 /4 [756] 29 3 /4 [756] 29 3 /4 [756] 29 3 /4 [756] 35 3 /4 [908] 35 3 /4 [908] 35 3 /4 [908] 35 3 /4 [908] 15 [7] 15 [7] 15 [7] 15 [7] 16 [7] 16 [7] 16 [7] 16 [7] 17 [8] 17 [8] 17 [8] 17 [8] 16 [7] 16 [7] 16 [7] 16 [7] 17 [8] 17 [8] 17 [8] 17 [8] 18 [8] 18 [8] 18 [8] 18 [8] v LAB PROUCTS Rev

174 LAB CABINET FILLERS LAB PROUCTS LUFB35 TOP FRONT LUFB35C TOP FRONT ESCRIPTION Inside Corner Base Cabinet Fillers Corner Fillers are used where two base cabinets meet at a ninety degree angle. Filler kit includes an angled filler panel, which provides either 1", 2" or 4" clearance between cabinet fronts, mounting clips to attach the filler to the cabinets, and a toekick to conceal cabinet spacing. Rear Base Cabinet Fillers Rear Fillers are used in the space between the rear of the cabinet and the wall. Fillers provide a clean finished look when surfaces are deeper than the base cabinets and conceal any utilities that are routed behind cabinets. Filler kit includes a filler panel and a slip joint, which mounts to the wall. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: ardware is not provided to mount filler slip joint to wall. Rev PROUCT IMENSIONS LUFB35C01 LUFB35C02 LUFB35C04 LUFB3524 LUFB3530 LUFB3536 inside corner inside corner inside corner rear, 24" deep surface rear, 30" deep surface rear, 36" deep surface Rev Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 1 [25] 4 [102] 1 [25] 7 [177] 11 [299] 1 [25] 4 [102] 1 [25] 7 [178] 13 [330] 7 [3] 8 [4] 9 [4] 3 [1] 4 [2] 7 [3] Rev LAB PROUCTS Rev

175 LAB CABINET FILLERS FRONT SIE LAB PROUCTS LUFB35 LUFF84 FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Front Fillers are used when there is excess space between the side of the Base Cabinet or Floor Case and a wall. Filler kit includes a filler panel, mounting clips to attach the filler to the cabinet, a skip joint, which mounts to the wall and a toekick to conceal cabinet spacing. Filler panel and toekick can be cut to width in the field to accommodate custom spacing. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES: ardware is not provided to mount filler slip joint to wall. Rev PROUCT IMENSIONS Rev Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUFB3508 LUFB3514 LUFF8402 LUFF8408 base cabinet base cabinet floor case floor case 35 [889] 35 [889] 84 [2134] 84 [2134] 8 [203] 14 [356] 8 [203] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 10 [5] 12 [5.5] 22 [10] 25 [11] Rev LAB PROUCTS Rev

176 LAB LEG FILLERS LAB PROUCTS FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Lab Leg Fillers are used to fill the gap between Lab Legs and adjacent Base Cabinets in an end of run configuration using a Three-way Connector. Fillers mount directly to Lab Legs without the need to add holes or hardware to either the leg or adjacent cabinet. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite NOTES ardware to attach Lab Leg Filler is included with the Lab Leg Panel; see page If Lab Leg Panels will not be used in conjunction with Lab Leg Fillers, please consult factory for Lab Leg Filler hardware ordering information. Order two half gap style fillers if the difference between the total cabinet width and frame run is 9½" or greater. Order a single full gap filler if the cabinet/frame run difference is 5½". Two half gap style fillers are shown in the above image. Rev PROUCT IMENSIONS LULF35E01 LULF35E02 LULF35E03 full gap half gap half gap Rev Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] 35 [889] 35 [889] 35 [889] 1 [25] 2 1 /2 [64] 3 1 /2 [90] 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [76] 3 [1] 3 1 /2 [1.5] 4 [2] Rev LAB PROUCTS Rev

177 SLOPE TOP COVERS LAB PROUCTS FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Covers are made of welded 18 and 20 gauge steel construction with a chemical resistant epoxy powder coat paint finish. Slanted top covers inhibit the collection and clutter of items placed on top of wall and floor cases. Mounting hardware included. Built to SEFA standards. Use 13" deep on wall cases; 16" deep on floor cases. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GL Grey Light Smooth N Neutral hite Rev PROUCT IMENSIONS Rev Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUCT1324 LUCT1330 LUCT1336 LUCT1348 LUCT1636 LUCT /4 [197] 7 3 /4 [197] 7 3 /4 [197] 7 3 /4 [197] 7 3 /4 [197] 7 3 /4 [197] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 16 [406] 16 [406] 4 [2] 4 [2] 5 [2] 6 [3] 8 [3] 9 [4] LAB PROUCTS Rev

178 RAIN BOAR - FRAME-MOUNT LAB PROUCTS FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Frame-mount drain board is constructed of 20 gauge, type 304 stainless steel, polished to a #4 finish. rain boards allow you to quickly dry important, and often fragile, equipment in a sanitary manner. Integral stainless steel drip trough included. Includes a 3' section of clear plastic drain tubing. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES: Standard 6" white pegs are included. PROUCT IMENSIONS Rev Rev Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] BF18242 BF18244 BF24242 BF24244 BF24302 BF24304 BF24362 BF24364 BF30242 BF30244 BF30302 BF30304 BF30362 BF30364 BF36242 BF36244 BF36302 BF36304 BF36362 BF " drip trough, 16 pegs 4" drip trough, 16 pegs 2" drip trough, 20 pegs 4" drip trough, 20 pegs 2" drip trough, 25 pegs 4" drip trough, 25 pegs 2" drip trough, 30 pegs 4" drip trough, 30 pegs 2" drip trough, 32 pegs 4" drip trough, 32 pegs 2" drip trough, 50 pegs 4" drip trough, 50 pegs 2" drip trough, 60 pegs 4" drip trough, 60 pegs 2" drip trough, 40 pegs 4" drip trough, 40 pegs 2" drip trough, 40 pegs 4" drip trough, 40 pegs 2" drip trough, 66 pegs 4" drip trough, 66 pegs 18 [457] 18 [457] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 22 [10] 22 [10] 26 [12] 26 [12] 31 [14] 31 [14] 33 [15] 33 [15] 31 [14] 31 [14] 38 [17] 38 [17] 39 [17] 39 [17] 34 [15] 34 [15] 39 [17] 39 [17] 42 [19] 42 [19] Rev LAB PROUCTS

179 RAIN BOAR - ALL MOUNT LAB PROUCTS FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION all mount drain board is constructed of 20 gauge, type 304 stainless steel, polished to a #4 finish. rain boards allow you to quickly dry important, and often fragile, equipment in a sanitary manner. Integral stainless steel drip trough included. Includes a 3' section of clear plastic drain tubing. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES: Standard 6" white pegs are included. Rev PROUCT IMENSIONS B18242 B18244 B24242 B24244 B24302 B24304 B24362 B24364 B30242 B30244 B30302 B30304 B30362 B30364 B36242 B36244 B36302 B36304 B36362 B " drip trough, 16 pegs 4" drip trough, 16 pegs 2" drip trough, 20 pegs 4" drip trough, 20 pegs 2" drip trough, 25 pegs 4" drip trough, 25 pegs 2" drip trough, 30 pegs 4" drip trough, 30 pegs 2" drip trough, 32 pegs 4" drip trough, 32 pegs 2" drip trough, 50 pegs 4" drip trough, 50 pegs 2" drip trough, 60 pegs 4" drip trough, 60 pegs 2" drip trough, 40 pegs 4" drip trough, 40 pegs 2" drip trough, 40 pegs 4" drip trough, 40 pegs 2" drip trough, 66 pegs 4" drip trough, 66 pegs Rev Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] 18 [457] 18 [457] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 4 [102] 13 [6] 13 [6] 16 [7] 16 [7] 20 [9] 20 [9] 21 [10] 21 [10] 19 [9] 19 [9] 24 [11] 24 [11] 23 [10] 23 [10] 21 [10] 21 [10] 23 [10] 23 [10] 25 [11] 25 [11] LAB PROUCTS Rev

180 SINK - UNERMOUNT Stainless Steel Epoxy LAB PROUCTS FRONT FRONT SIE SIE ESCRIPTION Undermount sinks are installed under a cutout in the worksurface. Sink supports are required (see below). Stainless steel sinks are constructed of 18 gauge, type 304 stainless steel, polished to a #4 finish. Stainless steel sinks include stainless steel drain with crumb cup strainer and tailpiece. Epoxy sinks are resistant to many acids, solvents and other inert chemicals. Epoxy sinks include a sink outlet with strainer plate and integral tailpiece. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES: Sinks can be paired with Symbiote phenolic and stainless steel worksurfaces. (See Section 4). Stainless Steel sinks are certified to ASME A Rev PROUCT IMENSIONS LUSE0U1418F LUSE0U1525E LUSS0U1620C LUSS0U1824C LUP24 LUP30 LUP36 LUP42 LUP48 LUP52 LUP58 Rev epoxy, center drain epoxy, corner drain stainless steel, center drain stainless steel, center drain undermount support for 24" wide sink base undermount support for 30" wide sink base undermount support for 36" wide sink base undermount support for 42" wide sink base undermount support for 48" wide sink base undermount support for 52" wide sink base undermount support for 58" wide sink base * eight, idth and epth dims are bowl size, not outer dim Product *eight *idth *epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] 10 1 /2 [267] 10 [254] 7 1 /2 [191] 7 1 /2 [191] 15 1 /2 [394] 15 1 /2 [394] 15 1 /2 [394] 15 1 /2 [394] 15 1 /2 [394] 15 1 /2 [394] 15 1 /2 [394] 18 [457] 25 [635] 18 [457] 22 [559] 23 [584] 29 [737] 35 [889] 41 [1041] 47 [1194] 51 [1295] 57 [1448] 14 [356] 15 [381] 14 [356] 16 [406] 38 [17] 60 [27] 11 [5] 14 [6] 9 [4] 10 [5] 12 [5] 12 [5] 13 [6] 14 [6] 15 [7] Rev LAB PROUCTS

181 SINK - ROP-IN Stainless Steel FRONT Epoxy FRONT LAB PROUCTS SIE SIE ESCRIPTION rop-in sinks are top mounted. This type of installation seals the sink cutout and eliminates worksurface overhang. Stainless steel sinks are constructed of 18 gauge, type 304 stainless steel, polished to a #4 finish. Stainless steel sinks include stainless steel drain with crumb cup strainer and tailpiece. Epoxy sinks are resistant to many acids, solvents and other inert chemicals. Epoxy sinks include a sink outlet with strainer plate and integral tailpiece. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES: Sinks can be paired with Symbiote laminate, phenolic and stainless steel worksurfaces. (See Section 4). Stainless Steel sinks are certified to ASME A Rev PROUCT IMENSIONS LUSE01418F LUSE01525E LUSS11921C LUSS12225C Rev epoxy, center drain, no fixture holes epoxy, corner drain, no fixture holes stainless steel, center drain, 1 fixture hole stainless steel, center drain, 1 fixture hole * eight, idth and epth dims are bowl size, not outer dim Product *eight *idth *epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] 10 1 /2 [267] 10 [254] 7 1 /2 [191] 10 1 /2 [267] 18 [457] 25 [635] 18 [457] 22 [559] 14 [356] 15 [381] 14 [356] 16 [406] 30 [14] 72 [33] 13 [6] 21 [10] LAB PROUCTS Rev

182 SINK FAUCETS - UNERMOUNT AN ROP-IN LAB PROUCTS FRONT SIE LUF16VA LUF16VB ESCRIPTION Four-Arm andle Faucet eck mounted mixing faucet with vacuum breaker for hot and cold water. 6" swing gooseneck. Forged brass body and four-arm handles with color-coded index discs. ⅜" NPS female outlet with removable anti-splash serration hose end. Blade andle Faucet eck mounted mixing faucet with vacuum breaker and blade handle(s) for hot and cold water. 6" swing gooseneck. Forged brass body and blade handle(s) with color-coded index disc(s). ⅜" NPS female outlet with removable anti-splash serration hose end. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES: Fixture is certified by CSA International to comply with ASME A M and CSA B Fixture is fully assembled and factory tested prior to shipment. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUF16VA LUF16VB LUF1R6VB mixing, 4-arm handles mixing, blade handles single, blade handle 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 6 1 /2 [165] 9 5 /8 [244] 5 1 /3 [436] 7 5 /8 [83] 7 5 /8 [185] 7 3 /8 [185] 5 [2] 5 [2] 4 [2] Rev LAB PROUCTS

183 EYEAS STATIONS LAB PROUCTS LUE LUE FRONT SIE FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Eyewash/rench ose Unit, eck Mounted ual purpose, eyewash/drench hose assembly can be left as a fixed eye wash or removed to use as a drench hose. Two outlet heads with "flip-top" dust covers are mounted on chrome plated brass supply arms. Locking clip engages when handle is depressed. Valve stays open until locking clip is released. Includes an 8' reinforced PVC hose. 275 PSI hose rating. Unit is completely assembled and water tested prior to shipment. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES: Eyewash stations can be easily mounted next to the sink for maximum accessibility. Eyewashes meet the provisions of ANSI Z Swing Activated Eyewash Unit, eck Mounted Eyewash unit is deck mounted on counter next to sink. Spray heads swivel 90 from storage to operational position. Includes twin spray heads with protective covers and a large push handle. ater flow is activated by flag handle; specify L or R. Unit is completely assembled and water tested prior to shipment. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] LUE LUEL LUER drench unit left-hand swing style right-hand swing style 10 1 /8 [257] 8 3 /8 [213] 8 3 /8 [213] 4 1 /8 [105] 17 1 /8 [436] 17 1 /8 [436] 3 1 /4 [83] 4 5 /8 [119] 4 5 /8 [119] 5 [2] 4 [2] 4 [2] LAB PROUCTS Rev

184 BALL VALVES LAB PROUCTS LUVB1 LUVB2 LUVPB1 LUVPB2 ESCRIPTION Ball Valves Single or double ball valves offer on/off control of lab gasses at pressures up to 75 psi. Fixtures have a forged brass valve body and lever handle with chrome-plated brass ball and molded PTFE seals. Valves have a 3 /8" NPT male inlet with 3 /8" IPS mounting shank, washer and locknut. 3 /8" NPT female outlet includes removable ten serration hose end and color-coded index disc on the quarter turn lever handle. Finish is polished chrome plating. oses ose assemblies have a 3 /8" NPT male connector on each end, include a 3 /8" NPT female elbow connector and are rated for 300 psi maximum working pressure. PVC style hoses have a 5 /8" O.. reinforced PVC hose with nylon braid and 3 /8" I.. PVC inner core. Stainless steel hoses have a stainless steel overbraid with PTFE inner core. ose length specified in inches (096 and 120 are standard lengths). TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2a) Type - for valve only AIR Air GAS Gas NIT Nitrogen VAC Vacuum 2b) Color - for PVC hose only BLU Blue BRO Brown ORG Orange YEL Yellow NOTES: Fixture is certified by CSA International to comply with ASME A M and CSA B Fixture is fully assembled and factory tested prior to shipment. Rev PROUCT IMENSIONS LUVB1 LUVB2 LUVPB1 LUVPB2 LUVP096 LUVP120 LUVS096 LUVS120 Rev Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] deck-mount, single valve deck-mount, double valve panel-mount, single valve panel-mount, double valve PVC hose PVC hose stainless steel overbraid hose stainless steel overbraid hose 96 [2438] 120 [3048] 96 [2438] 120 [3048]] 1 [1] 2 [1] 1 [1] 1 [1] 2 [1] 2 [1] 2 [1] 2 [1] Rev LAB PROUCTS

185 VERTICAL UTILITY CASE - ERGOSTAT RISER FRAME LAB PROUCTS FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Vertical utility chase offers utility flexibility in the lab without compromising the height adjustability. A total of three utility control/outlet knockouts are placed within easy reach on the vertical chase. Standard wall faceplate knockouts are provided at the top and bottom of the front of the Vertical Utility chase. Top access router included with each vertical utility chase. Vertical utility chase housing divider allows for separation of utilities within the chase. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies NOTES: ousing dividers sold separately. ata jack ports and faceplates not included. 43" Vertical Utility Chase ousings can only be mounted on ErgoStat Riser Frames. Rev PROUCT IMENSIONS VUC43L VUC43R VUC43 housing, left-hand housing, right-hand housing divider Rev Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] 39 1 /2 [1003] 39 1 /2 [1003] 39 1 /2 [1003] 4 [102] 4 [102] 1 1 /8 [29] 2 1 /8 [54] 2 1 /8 [54] 7 [3] 7 [3] 2 [1] LAB PROUCTS Rev

186 VERTICAL UTILITY CASE - ULTRAFRAME LAB PROUCTS VUC VUCE FRONT SIE FRONT SIE ESCRIPTION Vertical utility chase offers utility flexibility in the lab without compromising the height adjustability of work surfaces on benches. A total of six utility control/outlet knockouts are placed within easy reach on the vertical chase. Standard wall faceplate knockouts are provided at the top and bottom of the front and back sides of the Vertical Utility chase. Top access router included with each vertical utility chase. Extender conceals utilities routed from the ceiling to the top of the UltraFrame and can be trimmed on site as needed for ceilings up to 12' 6". Extender and housing dividers allow for separation of utilities within the chase and can be trimmed in the field as needed. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* * Paint upcharge applies NOTES: ousing dividers and extenders sold separately. ata jack ports and faceplates not included. Color matched ceiling trim plate included with extender. 80" Vertical Utility Chase ousings and Extenders only mount on 80" high UltraFrames. Rev PROUCT IMENSIONS VUC80L VUC80R VUC80 VUCE46 VUCE46 housing, left-hand housing, right-hand housing divider extender extender divider Rev Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] 55 5 /8 [1413] 55 5 /8 [1413] 55 5 /8 [1413] 45 3 /4 [1162] 45 3 /4 [1162] 4 [102] 4 [102] 1 1 /8 [29] 4 [102] 1 1 /8 [29] 2 1 /8 [54] 2 1 /8 [54] 4 1 /4 [108] 4 [102] 10 [4] 10 [4] 3 [1] 11 [5] 3 [1] Rev LAB PROUCTS

187 SECTION 11 COMPUTER SUPPORT COMPUTER SUPPORT Keyboard and Mouse Tray - Surface Mount CPU older Tower ollies Accessory Mounting Brackets Flat Screen/Accessory Arms - Surface Bolt Mount Flat Screen Arm with Post Flat Screen/Accessory Arms - End/Center/Saddle Mount Flat Screen/Accessory Arms - Slatwall Mount Slatwall Rail Flat Screen Keyboard Platform and Notebook older COMPUTER SUPPORT 11.1

188 KEYBOAR AN MOUSE TRAYS - SURFACE MOUNT COMPUTER SUPPORT TOP SIE ESCRIPTION Keyboard Trays provide storage for keyboards beneath Ultra Surfaces /8" deep by 20 1 /8" wide keyboard platform includes a black non-skid pad and a removable foam wrist rest that leaves 8" of useable tray depth when in place. Trays feature 4 1 /4" of spring assisted vertical travel and have a tilt adjustment range of 0 to -10. Trays swivel 360 and feature sliding tracks that provide a 16" travel range allowing trays to retract under surfaces. In the forward most position, the front of the Keyboard Tray extends 14" from the front of the surface. Keyboard mechanisms adjust in height with a simple one-handed motion without the use of locks, levers or knobs. Unique angle adjustment levers allow users to simply adjust the angle by sliding the lever from left to right. A 9" diameter round Mouse Tray is included with each Keyboard Tray. Mouse Trays can be mounted on the left or right side of Keyboard Trays and swivel 360 to hide under the trays when not used with a mouse. Mouse Trays each include a black non-skid pad and moveable stopper to protect the mouse from falling off the tray. Load capacity 25 lbs. Finish is Black. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES: Cannot be mounted on a 24" or 30" surface when being used with a Table, orktable, or ErgoStat. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] KTAMBK 4 3 /4 [121] 29 1 /2 [749] 21 3 /4 [552] 15 [7] 11.2 COMPUTER SUPPORT Rev Rev

189 CPU OLER COMPUTER SUPPORT ESCRIPTION CPU older provides vertical storage of central processing units below work surfaces. older features a sliding track which allows the unit to retract 9" from the front of the track and extend 4" from the front of the track. older can be mounted without the sliding track directly to a work surface for use with tables with stretchers. Fits CPUs 3" to 9" wide and 13.50" to 19.25" tall. Units swivel 360 for easy access. Load capacity 75 lbs. Finish is Black. TO ORER, SPECIFY: PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight Range idth Range epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] CPUBBK /4 [ ] 6 1 / /2 [ ] 16 [406] 5 [2] Rev COMPUTER SUPPORT 11.3 Rev

190 TOER OLLIES COMPUTER SUPPORT TOP Top FRONT Front ESCRIPTION Tower ollies provide mobile storage for CPUs in workstations. Assemblies each include a 1 1 /4" high laminated base with matching vinyl Edge-band, 3" twin wheel braking casters and handles on the front face (or nothing). Load capacity 250 lbs. evenly distributed. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Laminate Standard Standard Laminates: GF Grey Fleck GL Grey Light N Neutral hite SA Sand SF Sand Fleck F hite Fleck NOTES Units are sized to fit between two C Leg Supports on a workstation. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] TOL2420 TOL2426 TOL2432 TOL2444 TOL2456 TOL /4 [121] 4 3 /4 [121] 4 3 /4 [121] 4 3 /4 [121] 4 3 /4 [121] 4 3 /4 [121] 18 [457] 42 [1067] 54 [1372] 66 [1676] 25 [11] 27 [12] 32 [15] 39 [18] 48 [22] 57 [26] 11.4 COMPUTER SUPPORT Rev Rev

191 ACCESSORY MOUNTING BRACKETS TOP FRONT COMPUTER SUPPORT ESCRIPTION Accessory Mounting Brackets suspend a CPUB and KTAM from the underside of a 4-Legged Table. Brackets mount to the bottom of the surface with screws provided in the computer accessory kit. Load capacity 75 lbs. Finish is black. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES orks with KTAM on 30" and 36" deep tables (not 24" depth). Compatible with CPUBBK on all table depths. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] ACMBBK 2 3 /8 [60] 8 1 /2 [215] 1 /2 [40] 2 [1] Rev COMPUTER SUPPORT 11.5 Rev

192 FLAT SCREEN/ACCESSORY ARMS - SURFACE/BOLT MOUNT COMPUTER SUPPORT FSS1M FSB1M FSS1P FSVAM ESCRIPTION Manual Flat Screen/Accessory Arms Arms include both 75mm and 100mm VESA mounting brackets and support monitors/accessories weighing up to 20 lbs. 360º rotation for portrait or landscape viewing. Arms feature built-in cable management. Bolt Mount (FSB1) bolts through a 1 /2" to 3" diameter hole in surfaces up to 1 1 /2" thick. Surface Mount (FSS1) clamps to the edge of surfaces ranging from 1 /2" to 2 3 /4" thick. Spring Adjustable Flat Screen Arm Arms come standard with both 75mm and 100mm VESA mounting brackets and support monitors/accessories weighing up to 20 lbs. 360º rotation for portrait or landscape viewing. Arm clamps to surfaces ranging from 1 /2" to 2 3 /4" thick. Spring adjustable arm provides a height adjustment range of 10 1 /2". TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Standard Finishes: SG Silver with Grey Trim A Polished Aluminum with hite Trim NOTES Additional multiple monitor combinations available upon request; consult factory for ordering information. Vertical Adjustment Mechanism The front vertical adjustment mechanism (FSVAMBK) can be added to any arm to provide 9" of vertical adjustment without manual repositioning on post for flat screen monitors weighing up to 20 lbs. Finish is Silver with Black trim. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] FSS1SM FSS1M FSB1SM FSB1M FSVAMBK FSS1P manual adj., surface mount, 1 monitor, single arm manual adj., surface mount, 1 monitor, double arm manual adj., bolt mount, 1 monitor, single arm manual adj., bolt mount, 1 monitor, double arm flat screen vertical adjustment mechanism spring adjustable, 1 monitor, double arm 13 3 / / / / / / /2" 6 1 /2" /2" 8 1 /2" - 20" 6 1 /2" /2" 8 1 /2" - 20" 1 5 /8" 26" 12 [5] 13 [6] 12 [5] 13 [6] 4 [2] 14 [6] 11.6 COMPUTER SUPPORT Rev Rev

193 FLAT SCREEN ARM IT POST FSP1M COMPUTER SUPPORT ESCRIPTION The post-mounted, articulating flat screen arm adds a second tier to flat screen arm posts. The extension arm extends in or out and can be rotated up to 360 degrees. eight is adjustable along the length of the postmounted base. Can be used in conjunction with a separate keyboard or notebook holder. The arm supports monitors/accessories weighing up to 20 lbs. Must order surface bolt or clamp mount arm separately. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Standard Finishes: SG Silver with Grey Trim A Polished Aluminum with hite Trim PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] FSP1NM FSP1SM FSP1M 12" post, no arm, 1 monitor 12" post, 1 arm, 1 monitor 12" post, 2 arms, 1 monitor 13 [330] 13 [330] 13 [330] 3 3 /4 [95] 11 1 /2 [292] 19 1 /4 [489] 10 [5] 12 [5] 13 [6] COMPUTER SUPPORT 11.7 Rev

194 FLAT SCREEN ARMS - EN/CENTER/SALE MOUNT COMPUTER SUPPORT FSE1SM FSC1SM FSU1SM FSA1SM ESCRIPTION Arms come standard with both 75mm and 100mm VESA mounting brackets and support monitors/accessories weighing up to 20 lbs. 360º bracket rotation for portrait or landscape viewing. Arms feature built-in cable management. Center Mount style (FSC1) attaches at a frame joint and adjusts vertically in 1" increments. End Mount style (FSE1) attaches to the end of a frame and adjusts in 6" increments. Saddle Mount style (FSU1) straddles the vertical tube of an UltraFrame, Riser Frame or Connector Post and adjusts in 1" increments. The saddle bracket allows flat screen/accessory mounting on the front, inside or back of the frame. Add-on Arms (FSA1xM) attach to the front, inside or back mounting positions on an FSU1. Up to two sets of Add-on arms can be attached to the Saddle Mount bracket for a total capacity of 3 arms on an FSU1, one in each position. Finish is black. TO ORER, SPECIFY: NOTES Additional multiple monitor combinations available upon request; consult factory for ordering information. An FSVAMBK can be added to any arm to provide 9" of vertical adjustment without manual repositioning of the clipmounted bases; see page The FSU1 will not attach to Riser Spines, but can be mounted on UltraFrame Spines. End Covers cannot be used on the end of a frame when an FSE1 is attached. FSE1SMBK FSE1MBK FSC1SMBK FSC1MBK FSU1SMBK FSU1MBK FSA1SMBK FSA1MBK 11.8 COMPUTER SUPPORT Rev PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] end, 1 monitor, single arm end, 1 monitor, double arm center, 1 monitor, single arm center, 1 monitor, double arm saddle, 1 monitor, single arm saddle, 1 monitor, double arm add-on arm, 1 monitor, single arm add-on arm, 1 monitor, double arm 7 3 /4 [197] 7 3 /4 [197] 5 1 /4 [133] 7 1 /4 [184] 5 1 /4 [133] 7 1 /4 [184] 5 1 /4 [133] 7 1 /4 [184] 11 1 /2 [292] 19 1 /4 [489] 11 1 /2 [292] 19 1 /4 [489] 11 1 /2 [292] 19 1 /4 [489] 11 1 /2 [292] 19 1 /4 [489] 12 [5] 13 [6] 12 [5] 13 [6] 12 [5] 13 [6] 10 [5] 11 [5]

195 FLAT SCREEN ARMS - SLATALL MOUNT ESCRIPTION Arms come standard with both 75mm and 100mm VESA mounting brackets and support monitors/accessories weighing up to 20 lbs. 360 bracket rotation for portrait or landscape viewing. Arms feature built-in cable management. TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Standard Finishes: SG Silver with Grey Trim A Polished Aluminum with hite Trim NOTES For mounting on UltraFrame System, order Slatwall Rail to fit appropriate frame size; see below. An FSVAMBK can be added to any arm to provide 9" of vertical adjustment without manual repositioning of the clipmounted bases; see page COMPUTER SUPPORT PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] FS1SM FS1M FS1NM slatwall, 1 monitor, single arm slatwall, 1 monitor, double arm slatwall, pivot joint only, 1 monitor, no arm 4 1 /4 [108] 6 1 /4 [159] 3 3 /4 [95] 11 1 /2 [292] 19 1 /4 [489] 3 3 /4 [95] 8 [4] 10 [5] 2 [1] SLATALL RAIL ESCRIPTION Provides mounting of slatwall-mounted arms and industry standard slatwall components. Allows for horizontal adjustment. 3" center-to-center mounting. Two mounting locations offering 3" of vertical adjustment on rail. orizontal rails allow for mounting of standard hang-on style plastic parts bins. PROUCT IMENSIONS SRU24 SRU30 SRU36 SRU48 SRU /2 [140] 5 1 /2 [140] 5 1 /2 [140] 5 1 /2 [140] 5 1 /2 [140] TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* *Paint upcharge applies Product eight idth epth eight Number in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 10 [5] 11 [5] 13 [6] 14 [6] 18 [8] COMPUTER SUPPORT 11.9 Rev

196 FLAT SCREEN KEYBOAR PLATFORM AN NOTEBOOK OLER COMPUTER SUPPORT FSKPBK FSNB ESCRIPTION Flat Screen Keyboard Platform Flat screen keyboard platform helps to save valuable workspace. Mounts to all Symbiote Flat Screen Arms. Keyboard Tray is 10 5 /8" deep by 20 1 /8" wide, and includes a black non-skid pad and removable foam wrist rest. A 9" diameter round Mouse Tray is included with each Keyboard Tray. Mouse Trays can be mounted on the left or right side of Keyboard Trays and swivel 270º to hide under trays when needed. Mouse Trays include a black non-skid pad and moveable stopper to protect the mouse from falling off the tray. Load capacity 15 lbs. Finish is Black. TO ORER, SPECIFY: Notebook older The notebook holder has an adjustable tray and supports notebooks up to 18" for a more ergonomic workspace. The notebook holder attaches to a flat screen arm with post, positioning the holder at the optimum height and focal length. (Flatscreen arm with post not included). Viewing angle can be tilted up to 35 forward to reduce screen glare. The tray supports notebooks/accessories weighing up to 20 lbs. Finish is Silver or hite. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] FSKPBK FSNBSG FSNBA Flat Screen Keyboard Platform Notebook older, Silver Notebook older, hite 20 1 /8 [511] 14 [356] 14 [356] 10 1 /2 [267] 11 [279] 11 [279] 4.5 [2] 5 [2] 5 [2] COMPUTER SUPPORT Rev Rev

197 SECTION 12 MATERIAL ANLING MATERIAL ANLING Bin and Bin Rails - Frame & Arm Mount ispensing Rails Subcontainers & Subdividers Totes Tote Bearers and Rails Tote olders Mobile Tote Frames Mobile Carts Mobile Cart andles & End Covers Mobile Cart Bases Spool olders & Spindles olders Overhead Tool Travelers MATERIAL ANLING 12.1

198 BIN AN BIN RAILS - FRAME & ARM MOUNT MATERIAL ANLING FRAME MOUNT FRONT PIVOT BR24 BR326 FRONT SIE SIE AB30230 =5.5 =5.0 = ESCRIPTION Bin Rails, Frame Mount Rails provide hanging support for generic parts bins. Rails mount to frames and adjust vertically in 1" increments. Load capacity 40 lbs. evenly distributed. Bin Rail, Pivoting Arm Mount Rails provide articulating support for up to 3 rows of generic parts bins. Rails attach to Flat Screen / Accessory Arms. Load capacity 12 lbs. evenly distributed. Bin Bins provide storage and organization of small items. Made from a heavy-duty industrial grade polymer, Bins hang from Bin Rails or stack together. Load capacity is 30 lbs. Sold in packages of 5; available in blue (BL) or clear (CL). TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth * Paint upcharge applies NOTES: issipative Bin Rails each include an ES Cable Kit Assembly for grounding. Flat Screen/Accessory Arms sold separately; see pages PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] BR24 BR30 BR36 BR48 BR60 BR72 BR326 AB30230BL AB30230CL frame mount frame mount frame mount frame mount frame mount frame mount arm mount bin bin 5 1 /4 [133] 5 1 /4 [133] 5 1 /4 [133] 5 1 /4 [133] 5 1 /4 [133] 5 1 /4 [133] 12 [305] 5 [128] 5 [128] 72 [1829] 26 [660] 5 1 /2 [140] 5 1 /2 [140] 3 /4 [19] 3 /4 [19] 3 /4 [19] 3 /4 [19] 3 /4 [19] 3 /4 [19] 1 /2 [13] 10 7 /8 [277] 10 7 /8 [277] 5 [2] 6 [3] 8 [4] 9 [4] 11 [5] 14 [6] 8 [4] 1 /2 [.2] 1 /2 [.2] 12.2 Rev MATERIAL ANLING

199 ISPENSING RAILS RA RB RB ESCRIPTION ispensing Rails provide hanging support for Symbiote Subcontainers. Subcontainers hang at a 20 slope when mounted on ispensing Rails. A-size Subcontainers hang on A-size ispensing Rails and B size Subcontainers hang on B-size rails. issipative ispensing Rails each include an ES Cable Kit Assembly for grounding. Load capacity 50 lbs. evenly distributed. FRONT Front SIE Side TO ORER, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard or issipative Standard Finishes: BT Black Texture* GL Grey Light Smooth GT Grey Light Texture* N Neutral hite ST Sand Texture* issipative Finish: G issipative Grey Light Smooth MATERIAL ANLING * Paint upcharge applies NOTES: Subcontainers sold separately; see page escription below denotes quantity of Subcontainers possible per ispensing Rail. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] RA24 RA30 RA36 RA48 RA60 RB24 RB30 RB36 RB48 RB60 A-size, 5 subcontainers A-size, 6 subcontainers A-size, 7 subcontainers A-size, 10 subcontainers A-size, 12 subcontainers B-size, 5 subcontainers B-size, 6 subcontainers B-size, 7 subcontainers B-size, 10 subcontainers B-size, 12 subcontainers 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 3 1 /4 [83] 6 [152] 6 [152] 6 [152] 6 [152] 6 [152] 2 1 /4 [57] 2 1 /4 [57] 2 1 /4 [57] 2 1 /4 [57] 2 1 /4 [57] 5 [2] 6 [3] 8 [4] 10 [5] 13 [6] 6 [3] 8 [4] 9 [4] 12 [14] 15 [7] MATERIAL ANLING 12.3 Rev

200 SUBCONTAINERS & SUBIVIERS MATERIAL ANLING SA SB3 SA3 SA2 SA1 SB SB1 SUBCONTAINER Subcontainer FRONT Front SIE Side SUBIVIER Subdivider FRONT Front SIE Side ESCRIPTION Subcontainers Subcontainers provide storage and organization of small items. Subcontainers hang from ispensing Rails at a 20 slope or lay flat in Totes and Plan rawers for organization. A-size Subcontainers are used with A-size ispensing Rails, A-sizeTotes and Plan rawers. B-size Subcontainers are used with B size ispensing Rails and B-size Totes. Sold individually. TO ORER TOTE RAIL, SPECIFY: 2) Finish Standard Finishes: GY Grey LU Neutral hite Subdividers Subdividers divide Subcontainers laterally. A-size Subdividers are used with A-size Subcontainers and B-size Subdividers are used with B-size Subcontainers. Sold in 10 unit packs. PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] SA1 SA2 SA3 SB1 SB3 SA SB subcontainer A subcontainer A subcontainer A subcontainer B subcontainer B subdivider A, 10 pack subdivider B, 10 pack 2 1 /4 [57] 2 1 /4 [57] 2 1 /4 [57] 5 1 /4 [133] 5 1 /4 [133] 1 3 /4 [44] 4 [102] 4 1 /2 [114] 4 1 /2 [114] 4 1 /2 [114] 4 1 /2 [114] 4 1 /2 [114] 4 1 /4 [114] 4 1 /4 [114] 4 1 /2 [114] 9 1 /4 [235] 13 3 /4 [349] 4 1 /2 [114] 13 3 /4 [349] 1 /4 [.1] 1 /4 [.1] 1 /2 [.2] 1 /2 [.2] 3 /4 [.3] 1 [.5] 1 [.5] 12.4 Rev MATERIAL ANLING

201 TOTES T9C TLI FRONT MATERIAL ANLING TOP FRONT TOP ESCRIPTION Totes provide storage and a means of transportation for materials in workstations. Totes hang from Tote Rails, mount beneath surfaces as drawers using Tote Bearers or slide into Tote olders and Mobile Tote Frames for use as drawers. Load capacity 50 lbs. when used with Tote Rails and 25 lbs. when used with Tote Bearers, Tote olders and Mobile Tote Frames. Tote finish is Ice. TO ORER SPECIFY: NOTES: Tote Rails, Tote Bearers, Tote olders and Mobile Tote Frames sold separately; see pages 12.6, 12.7 and PROUCT IMENSIONS Product eight idth epth eight Number escription in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] lb. [kg] T3ACE T6BCE T9CCE T12CE TLICE A Tote B Tote C Tote Tote Tote Lid 3 [76] 6 [152] 9 [229] 12 [305] 1 1 /2 [37] 20 5 /8 [524] 20 5 /8 [524] 20 5 /8 [524] 20 5 /8 [524] 18 7 /8 [478] 15 1 /2 [394] 15 1 /2 [394] 15 1 /2 [394] 15 1 /2 [394] 14 3 /8 [364] 3 [2] 4 [2] 5 [2] 6 [3] 1 [1] MATERIAL ANLING 12.5 Rev